Pearson Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science · PDF fileAssessing knowledge and understanding 207 Witness testimony 208 Quality Control of Assessment 208 ... Pearson Edexcel

Specification

Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF)

First registration June 2011

Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications

Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide.

Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas.

References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)

Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by Sarah Bacon

Publications Code N027133

All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2011

Contents

Qualification title covered by this specification 1

Key features of the L2 Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF) 2

What is the purpose of this qualification? 2

Who is this qualification for? 2

What are the potential job roles for those working towards this qualification? 2

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification? 3

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF)? 4

How is the qualification graded and assessed? 7

Assessment requirements/strategy 7

Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the assessment strategy in Annexe D) 8

Centre recognition and approval 9

Centre recognition 9

Approvals agreement 9

Quality assurance 9

What resources are required? 9

Unit format 10

Units 11

Unit 1: Maintaining health and safety in a laboratory environment 13

Unit 2: Maintaining effective and efficient working relationships in the laboratory 23

Unit 3: Receiving, sorting, transporting and storing laboratory specimens/samples under supervision 31

Unit 4: Communicating laboratory information to authorised personnel under supervision 41

Unit 5: Accessing, registering and inputting patient data in a LIMS under supervision 49

Unit 6: Assisting with the preparation of biopsy specimens for laboratory investigations 59

Unit 7: Assisting with the preparation of microbiological specimens/samples for laboratory investigations 67

Unit 8: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using automated laboratory equipment 75

Unit 9: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using manual laboratory techniques 85

Unit 10: Assisting with the maintenance of stocks of reagents and consumables for laboratory use 93

Unit 11: Drawing blood samples from patients for laboratory investigations 101

Unit 12: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using automated laboratory equipment 109

Unit 13: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using manual laboratory techniques 119

Unit 14: Accessing, registering and inputting batch/sample data in a LIMS under supervision 129

Unit 15: Assisting with the preparation of solutions for laboratory use 139

Unit 16: Measuring, weighing and preparing compounds and solutions for laboratory use 147

Unit 17: Assisting with the processing of diagnostic cytology specimens in the laboratory 157

Unit 18: Assisting with the routine maintenance, cleaning, disinfecting and calibration of laboratory equipment 167

Unit 19: Preparing culture media and solutions for laboratory use 175

Unit 20: Following aseptic procedures in the laboratory environment 183

Further information 193

Useful publications 193

How to obtain National Occupational Standards 193

Professional development and training 194

Annexe A: Progression pathways 195

The Edexcel qualification framework for the Science sector 195

Annexe B: Quality assurance 197

Key principles of quality assurance 197

Quality assurance processes 197

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 199

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification? 199

Annexe D: Assessment requirements/strategy 201

Introduction 201

Assessor Requirements to Demonstrate Effective Assessment Practice 201

Assessor Technical Requirements 201

Verifier Requirements (internal and external) 202

Assessment Environment 204

Access to Assessment 205

Carrying Out Assessment 205

Minimum Performance Evidence Requirements 205

Assessing knowledge and understanding 206

Witness testimony 207

Quality Control of Assessment 207

Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title 209

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

1

Qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

cov

ered

by

this

spec

ific

atio

n

This

spec

ific

atio

n g

ives

you t

he

info

rmation y

ou n

eed t

o o

ffer

the

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in L

abora

tory

Sci

ence

(Q

CF)

:

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

N

um

ber

(QN

) R

eg

ula

tio

n

start

date

Edex

cel Le

vel 2 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

(Q

CF)

600/1

730/2

01/0

6/1

1

This

qual

ific

atio

n h

as

bee

n a

ccre

dited

within

the

Qual

ific

ations

and C

redit F

ram

ework

(Q

CF)

and is

elig

ible

for

public

fundin

g a

s det

erm

ined

by

the

Dep

artm

ent

for

Educa

tion (

DfE

) under

Sec

tion 9

6 o

f th

e Le

arnin

g a

nd S

kills

Act

2000.

The

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

lis

ted a

bove

fea

ture

s in

the

fundin

g lis

ts p

ublis

hed

annual

ly b

y th

e D

fE a

nd t

he

regula

rly

updat

ed w

ebsi

te.

It w

ill a

lso a

ppea

r on t

he

Learn

ing A

ims

Dat

abas

e (L

AD

), w

her

e re

leva

nt.

You s

hould

use

the

QCF

Qualif

icat

ion N

um

ber

(Q

N),

when

you w

ish t

o s

eek

public

fundin

g f

or

your

lear

ner

s. E

ach

unit w

ithin

a

qual

ific

ation w

ill a

lso h

ave

a u

niq

ue

QC

F re

fere

nce

num

ber

, w

hic

h is

liste

d in t

his

spec

ific

ation.

The

QCF

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

and u

nit r

efer

ence

num

ber

s w

ill a

ppea

r on t

he

lear

ner

s’ f

inal

cer

tifica

tion d

ocu

men

t. L

earn

ers

nee

d t

o

be

made

aw

are

of th

is w

hen

they

are

rec

ruited

by

the

centr

e an

d r

egis

tere

d w

ith E

dex

cel.

N027133 – Specification – Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science – July 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011

2

Key features of the L2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF)

This qualification:

is nationally recognised

is based on the Level 2 Laboratory Science National Occupational Standards (NOS). The NOS, assessment requirements/strategy and qualification structure(s) are owned by SEMTA.

The Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF) have been approved as components for the Level 2 Laboratory Technicians Apprenticeship framework.

What is the purpose of this qualification?

The Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF) provides recognition of the skills and knowledge of individuals who work in a laboratory. It covers health and safety; effective working relationships; dealing with laboratory specimens/samples and communicating information. It contains two Pathways: Clinical Analysis and Compound Analysis.

Who is this qualification for?

This qualification is for all learners aged 18 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards.

Edexcel’s policy is that the qualification should:

be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression

ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification(s).

What are the potential job roles for those working towards this qualification?

Analytical scientist

Biochemist

Biomedical scientist

Biologist

Biotechnologist

Clinical scientist

Microbiologist

Physicist

Research scientist

Education laboratory technician

Laboratory technician


3

Medical laboratory assistant

Scientific laboratory technician

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification?

Progression from this qualification can be to other relevant level 2 and/or level 3 qualifications, for example:

Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Certificate in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities (QCF)

Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory and Associated Technical Activities (QCF).

Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF)

Further information is available in Annexe A.


4

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF)?

Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given on the first page of each unit.

Within the Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science (QCF) learners may achieve one of the following pathways: Clinical Analysis or Compound Analysis.

For the Clinical Analysis pathway learners must achieve a minimum of 37 credits by completing four common mandatory units, one pathway specific mandatory unit and two optional units, one of which should be taken from Group A – Optional Units.

For the Compound Analysis pathway learners must achieve a minimum of 50 credits by completing four common mandatory units, one pathway specific mandatory unit and two optional units, one of which must be taken from Group A – Optional Units.

Unit Title Credit Level

Common Mandatory units

Unit 1: Maintaining health and safety in a laboratory environment

5 2

Unit 2: Maintaining effective and efficient working relationships in the laboratory

5 2

Unit 3: Receiving, sorting, transporting and storing laboratory specimens/samples under supervision

9 2

Unit 4: Communicating laboratory information to authorised personnel under supervision

6 2


5


Clinical Analysis Pathway

Must complete the following unit plus two more optional units (one must come from Group A).

Unit 5: Accessing, registering and inputting patient data in a LIMS under supervision

6 2

Group A - Optional units

Unit 6: Assisting with the preparation of biopsy specimens for laboratory investigations

3 2

Unit 7: Assisting with the preparation of microbiological specimens/samples for laboratory investigations

11 2

Unit 8: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using automated laboratory equipment

10 2

Unit 9: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using manual laboratory techniques

6 2

Unit 17: Assisting with the processing of diagnostic cytology specimens in the laboratory

3 2

Group B - Optional units

Unit 10: Assisting with the maintenance of stocks of reagents and consumables for laboratory use

3 2

Unit 11: Drawing blood samples from patients for laboratory investigations

3 2

Unit 18: Assisting with the routine maintenance, cleaning, disinfecting and calibration of laboratory equipment

6 2


6


Compound Analysis Pathway

Must complete the following unit plus two more optional units (one must come from Group A).

Unit 16: Measuring, weighing and preparing compounds and solutions for laboratory use

16 3

Group A - Optional Units


11 2

Unit 12: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using automated laboratory equipment

10 2

Unit 13: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using manual laboratory techniques

6 2

Group B - Optional Units


3 2

Unit 14: Accessing, registering and inputting batch/sample data in a LIMS under supervision

6 2

Unit 15: Assisting with the preparation of solutions for laboratory use

9 2


3 2


6 2

Unit 19: Preparing culture media and solutions for laboratory use

3 2

Unit 20: Following aseptic procedures in the laboratory environment

9 2


7

How is the qualification graded and assessed?

The overall grade for the qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure.

To pass a unit the learner must:

achieve all the specified learning outcomes

satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid evidence for each criterion

show that the evidence is their own.

The qualifications are designed to be assessed:

in the workplace or

in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the assessment requirements/strategy for the sector, or

as part of a training programme.

Assessment requirements/strategy

The assessment strategy for this qualification has been included in Annexe D. It has been developed by SEMTA in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The assessment strategy includes details on:

criteria for defining realistic working environments

roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses, internal verifiers and standards verifiers

quality control of assessment

evidence requirements.

Evidence of competence may come from:

current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role

a programme of development where evidence comes from assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace

the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification

a combination of these.


8

It is important that the evidence is:

Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed

Authentic produced by the learner

Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim

Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level

Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.

Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the assessment strategy in Annexe D)

To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the examples below. Centres should refer to the assessment strategy for information about which of the following are permissible.

direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor (O)

outcomes from oral or written questioning (Q&A)

products of the learner’s work (P)

personal statements and/or reflective accounts (RA)

outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the assessment strategy (S)

professional discussion (PD)

assignment, project/case studies (A)

authentic statements/witness testimony (WT)

expert witness testimony (EPW)

evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).

The abbreviations may be used for cross-referencing purposes.

Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates.

Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website: www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.

http://www.edexcel.com/�


9

Centre recognition and approval

Centre recognition

Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application.

Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.

Approvals agreement

All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.

Quality assurance

Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.

What resources are required?

This qualification is designed to support learners working in the Laboratory Science sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe D: Assessment strategy. Staff assessing the learner must meet the requirements within the overarching assessment strategy for the sector.


10

Unit format

Each unit in this specification contains the following sections.

Unit title:

Unit reference number:

QCF level:

Credit value:

Guided learning hours:

Unit summary:

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:

Assessment methodology:

Learning outcomes:

Assessment criteria:

Evidence type:

Portfolio reference:

Date:

The unit title is approved on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).

This is the unit owner’s reference number for the specified unit.

All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.

All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.

A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.

This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.

The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.

Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.

The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.

Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.

This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.

The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.

The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.


11

Units


12


13

Unit 1: Maintaining health and safety in a laboratory environment

Unit reference number: K/601/1703

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5

Guided learning hours: 35

Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to maintain health and safety in the laboratory. The learner is required to observe all legal, statutory and organisational requirements, and the learner must be able to identify any potential hazards and risks to health and safety. The learner must also know what actions to take in case of an emergency and, as well as ensuring their own safety, they must show responsibility towards their colleagues and others. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with health and safety requirements and organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory work that is undertaken. The learner must be able to recognise the limitations of their own competence with the laboratory work, and ask for appropriate help and advice in when it is needed. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide an understanding of their laboratory work, in order to apply safely the appropriate scientific principles and practices. The learner will be competent in the safe use of the materials, equipment, consumables and instruments used to perform the laboratory investigations, and with the procedures appropriate to their job. The learner’s depth of knowledge will be sufficient to provide a sound basis for safely carrying out the laboratory activities, to a level that will allow the department to meet any agreed targets.

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the laboratory activities for scientific operations and processes. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand their responsibility for taking the necessary safeguards to protect themselves and others in the workplace.

Assessment requirements

Assessment requirements are set down in Annexe D: Assessment strategy.


14

Assessment methodology

This unit is assessed in the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

15

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Mai

nta

in h

ealth a

nd s

afet

y in

a lab

ora

tory

en

viro

nm

ent

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

Acc

ura

tely

ass

ess

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y in

rel

atio

n t

o

thei

r w

ork

and t

he

labora

tory

1.3

Id

entify

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y st

andar

d o

per

ating

pro

cedure

s fo

r al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

labora

tory

haz

ards

–

man

ual

han

dlin

g

–

unsa

fe p

ract

ices

–

VD

U &

RSI

polic

ies

–

spill

ages

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

U

se t

he

appro

priat

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e w

ork

1.5

M

ake

safe

any

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y haz

ard

s, a

nd

report

them

to t

he

appro

priat

e per

son a

s so

on a

s poss

ible

1.6

M

ainta

in t

he

secu

rity

of th

e la

bora

tory

, in

ac

cord

ance

with o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uir

emen

ts

1.7

Ensu

re t

hat

they

mai

nta

in t

hei

r w

ork

are

a t

o a

st

andar

d o

f hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty w

hic

h is

consi

sten

t w

ith loca

l polic

ies

and leg

al r

equirem

ents

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

16

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

M

ainta

in a

nd u

se e

quip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith m

anufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns

and

loca

l sa

fety

reg

ula

tions

2

Mai

nta

in h

ealth a

nd s

afet

y in

a lab

ora

tory

en

viro

nm

ent

(continued

)

2.1

D

ispose

of

haz

ardous

mat

eria

ls,

was

te a

nd w

aste

co

nta

iner

s, s

afe

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly

2.2

D

ispose

of,

saf

ely,

sev

en o

f th

e fo

llow

ing,

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith a

ppro

ved p

roce

dure

s:

–

shar

ps

–

bio

logic

al m

ater

ials

–

met

al

–

chem

ical

(so

lid a

nd liq

uid

)

–

pla

stic

s

–

gla

ss

–

clea

nin

g w

ipes

/tis

sues

–

aero

sol co

nta

iner

s

–

confiden

tial re

cord

s

–

dom

estic

was

te

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

17

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

D

ispose

of

was

te in t

hre

e th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of

conta

iner

, in

acc

ord

ance

with a

ppro

ved p

ract

ices

:

–

shar

ps

conta

iner

s

–

colo

ur-

coded

pla

stic

bag

s

–

auto

clav

e bin

s

–

solv

ent

dru

ms

–

pro

priet

ary

conta

iner

s

2.4

Pre

pare

, use

and d

ispose

of dis

infe

ctan

ts,

safe

ly

and c

orr

ectly

2.5

Car

ry o

ut

dec

onta

min

atio

n o

f w

ork

surf

ace

s an

d

floors

eff

ective

ly

2.6

Tak

e th

e appro

priat

e pre

cautions

to p

rote

ct

them

selv

es a

nd o

ther

s during w

ork

ing

2.7

H

andle

saf

ely

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing h

azar

dous

subst

ance

s, in a

ccord

ance

with a

ppro

ved

pro

cedure

s:

–

flam

mab

les

–

corr

osi

ve c

hem

icals

–

toxi

c ch

emic

als

–

bio

logic

al m

ater

ials

2.8

Fo

llow

the

corr

ect

pro

cedure

, w

ithout

del

ay,

if

an

emer

gen

cy a

rise

s or

is s

usp

ecte

d

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

18

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.9

Fo

llow

est

ablis

hed

pro

cedure

s fo

r al

l of

the

follo

win

g e

mer

gen

cies

:

–

labora

tory

fire

–

spill

age

of

haz

ardous

subst

ance

s

–

gas

esc

apes

–

oth

er e

mer

gen

cies

(ple

ase

spec

ify)

3

Know

how

to m

ainta

in

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty in a

la

bora

tory

envi

ronm

ent

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

he

lear

ner

is

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

follo

win

g

man

ufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

19

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ific

safe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing w

ith labora

tory

equip

men

t an

d

com

pute

r-bas

ed s

yste

ms

(to incl

ude

such

thin

gs

as

safe

ty g

uid

ance

rel

atin

g t

o t

he

use

of

visu

al dis

pla

y unit (

VD

U)

equip

men

t an

d w

ork

sta

tion

envi

ronm

ent

(such

as

lighting,

seat

ing,

posi

tionin

g

of eq

uip

men

t),

and r

epet

itiv

e st

rain

inju

ry (

RSI)

)

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

iden

tity

of hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty

repre

senta

tive

s (s

uch

as

the

Labora

tory

Safe

ty

Off

icer

, Sta

ff H

ealth &

Safe

ty R

epre

senta

tive

s an

d

Firs

t-Aid

ers)

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

loca

tion a

nd c

orr

ect

use

of em

ergen

cy

equip

men

t (s

uch

as

fire

ext

inguis

her

s, incl

udin

g t

he

situ

atio

ns

in w

hic

h d

iffe

rent

types

of

fire

ex

tinguis

her

s ar

e use

d)

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

for

mai

nta

inin

g t

he

secu

rity

of th

e w

ork

pla

ce

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e lin

es o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

e le

arn

er’s

ow

n a

uth

ority

an

d t

o w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

3

Exp

lain

why

risk

s in

the

labora

tory

should

be

asse

ssed

, an

d t

he

corr

ect

action t

o b

e ta

ken

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

20

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4

Know

how

to m

ainta

in

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty in a

la

bora

tory

envi

ronm

ent

(continued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to p

reve

nt

infe

ctio

n in lab

ora

tories

4.2

D

escr

ibe

loca

l pro

cedure

s fo

r es

cape

(incl

udin

g

esca

pe

route

s an

d a

ssem

bly

poin

ts)

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

loca

tion o

f fire

ala

rms,

and h

ow

to

oper

ate

them

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

loca

tion o

f sp

illage

kits

, an

d t

he

pro

cedure

s to

follo

w in t

he

even

t of sp

illag

es o

f ch

emic

als

and/o

r bio

logic

al fluid

s

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

contr

ol of

subst

ance

s haz

ardous

to

hea

lth (

CO

SH

H)

regula

tions,

and t

hei

r ap

plic

atio

n in

the

labora

tory

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of haz

ard

s w

hic

h m

ay o

ccur

in

the

labora

tory

set

ting,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

corr

ect

stora

ge

and d

isposa

l pro

cedure

s fo

r haza

rdous

mat

eria

ls (

incl

udin

g:

flam

mab

les,

corr

osi

ve,

har

mfu

l an

d t

oxi

c ch

emic

als)

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

haz

ards

asso

ciat

ed w

ith d

isin

fect

ants

an

d o

ther

chem

ical

s (i

ncl

udin

g t

oxi

city

)

4.9

Exp

lain

the

mea

nin

g o

f th

e te

rms

‘dis

infe

ctio

n’ an

d

‘dec

onta

min

ation’, a

nd t

he

use

of dis

infe

ctants

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e re

aso

ns

for

dis

infe

ctin

g/d

econta

min

atin

g lab

ora

tory

surf

ace

s an

d e

quip

men

t

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

21

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.1

1

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to d

iffe

rentiat

e an

d

segre

gate

cat

egories

of w

ast

e (s

uch

as

usi

ng w

ast

e co

lour-

codin

g)

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e co

rrec

t pro

cedure

s fo

r th

e st

ora

ge,

tr

ansp

ort

and d

isposa

l of

wast

e

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


22


23

Unit 2: Maintaining effective and efficient working relationships in the laboratory

Unit reference number: M/601/1895

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to work effectively and efficiently in the laboratory, in accordance with approved procedures and practices. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition for the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment and other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve placing completed work items in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct condition/area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory investigations undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to working efficiently and effectively in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the need to work efficiently and effectively, and will know about the things that they need to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area. The learner will also need to know how to contribute to improvements, deal with problems, maintain effective working relationships, and how to agree and achieve their development objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


24

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out laboratory activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

25

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Mai

nta

in e

ffec

tive

and

effici

ent

work

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

in t

he

labora

tory

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.3

Est

ablis

h a

nd m

ainta

in e

ffec

tive

work

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

1.4

Sust

ain p

osi

tive

work

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

by

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

work

ing in t

eam

s

–

support

ing o

ther

s

–

bei

ng c

ooper

ativ

e an

d fle

xible

–

pro

vidin

g c

lear

and a

ccura

te info

rmat

ion

1.5

M

ainta

in e

ffec

tive

work

ing r

elationsh

ips

with t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

colle

agues

in t

hei

r ow

n w

ork

ing g

roup

–

super

viso

rs/m

anager

s

–

more

sen

ior

pro

fess

ional

s/sc

ientist

s

–

colle

agues

outs

ide

thei

r norm

al w

ork

ing g

roup

–

per

sons

exte

rnal

to t

hei

r org

anis

atio

n

1.6

M

eet

org

anis

atio

nal

sta

ndar

ds

for

appea

rance

and

beh

avio

ur

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

26

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Mai

nta

in e

ffec

tive

and

effici

ent

work

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

in t

he

labora

tory

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

D

eal w

ith d

isag

reem

ents

in a

n a

mic

able

and

const

ruct

ive

way

, so

that

good r

elat

ionsh

ips

are

mai

nta

ined

2.2

M

ainta

in c

om

munic

ation w

ith o

ther

s, t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

th

ey a

re k

ept

info

rmed

about

any

work

pla

ns

or

activi

ties

whic

h m

ay a

ffec

t th

em

2.3

Be

awar

e of th

e lim

its

of th

eir

skill

s, a

nd s

eek

assi

stan

ce f

rom

oth

ers

in a

polit

e an

d c

ourt

eous

way

without

causi

ng u

ndue

dis

ruption t

o n

orm

al

work

act

ivitie

s

2.4

Rev

iew

thei

r per

sonal

per

form

ance

and

dev

elopm

ent,

with t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, at

re

gula

r in

terv

als

2.5

Rev

iew

per

sonal

dev

elopm

ent

obje

ctiv

es a

nd

targ

ets,

to incl

ude

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

dual

or

multi-

skill

ing

–

trai

nin

g o

n n

ew e

quip

men

t/te

chnolo

gy

–

under

stan

din

g o

f co

mpan

y w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

, pro

cedure

s, p

lans

and p

olic

ies

–

incr

ease

d r

esponsi

bili

ty

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

req

uirem

ents

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

27

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to m

ainta

in

effe

ctiv

e and e

ffic

ient

work

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

in

the

labora

tory

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

purp

ose

of th

e sp

ecia

lity

of th

e dep

artm

ent

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

em

plo

yed,

and h

ow

it

fits

into

the

oth

er s

pec

ialit

ies

of th

e la

rger

org

anis

atio

n

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

28

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

inte

ract

ions

whic

h t

ake

pla

ce b

etw

een

the

dep

artm

ent

and o

ther

spec

ialit

ies

in t

he

sam

e org

anis

atio

n

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

inte

ract

ions

whic

h t

ake

pla

ce b

etw

een

the

spec

ialit

y in

whic

h t

hey

are

em

plo

yed a

nd

oth

ers

in t

he

sam

e sp

ecia

lity

else

wher

e

3.8

Exp

lain

how

thei

r w

ork

act

ivitie

s affec

t oth

ers

within

the

dep

artm

ent,

org

anis

ation a

nd t

he

com

munity

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

4

Know

how

to m

ainta

in

effe

ctiv

e and e

ffic

ient

work

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

in

the

labora

tory

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

acco

unta

bili

ty w

ithin

the

dep

artm

ent

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

gen

eral

funct

ion a

nd p

urp

ose

of al

l th

e re

leva

nt

labora

tories

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

reaso

ns

why

good w

ork

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

are

im

port

ant

4.4

Exp

lain

how

to c

reate

and m

ainta

in g

ood w

ork

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

of w

ork

ing e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith

oth

ers

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

29

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

ble

ms

that

can a

ffec

t re

lationsh

ips

in t

he

work

pla

ce

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s fo

r dea

ling w

ith

dis

agre

emen

ts w

ithin

the

work

pla

ce

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

dep

art

men

tal per

form

ance

rev

iew

pro

cess

, and t

hei

r ro

le in t

his

pro

cess

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

reaso

ns

why

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n

is im

port

ant,

and t

he

met

hods

use

d f

or

com

munic

atin

g e

ffec

tive

ly

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


30


31

Unit 3: Receiving, sorting, transporting and storing laboratory specimens/samples under supervision

Unit reference number: T/601/1896

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to receive, sort, transport and store specimens/samples in the laboratory, in accordance with approved procedures and practices. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy and follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve placing specimens/samples in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct condition/area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to receiving, sorting, transporting and storing specimens/samples in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after receiving, sorting, transporting and storing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to


32

achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

33

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Rec

eive

, so

rt,

tran

sport

an

d s

tore

lab

ora

tory

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s under

su

per

visi

on

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing

and e

quip

men

t w

hen

oper

ating a

uto

mat

ic

equip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

Confirm

that

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed a

re in t

he

corr

ect

pack

agin

g/c

onta

iner

and a

re lab

elle

d

accu

rate

ly

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

34

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Tak

e ap

pro

pri

ate

action for

unsu

itab

le

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

cate

gories

:

–

insu

ffic

ient

volu

me

–

inco

rrec

t han

dlin

g

–

inco

rrec

t co

nta

iner

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

inco

rrec

t st

ora

ge

–

inco

rrec

t sa

mple

1.6

Corr

ectly

unpac

k, lab

el,

pre

pare

and s

ort

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s re

ady

for

anal

ysis

1.7

Pr

epare

spec

imen

s th

at m

ay

require

stora

ge,

tr

ansp

ort

or

furt

her

pro

cess

ing o

n m

ore

than

one

anal

yser

, si

te o

r la

bora

tory

1.8

Pr

oce

ss a

ccom

pan

ying d

ocu

men

tation for

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

corr

ectly

1.9

Ensu

re t

hat

any

hig

h r

isk

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed a

re d

ealt w

ith a

ccord

ing t

o a

gre

ed loca

l polic

ies

and p

roce

dure

s

2

Rec

eive

, so

rt,

tran

sport

an

d s

tore

lab

ora

tory

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s under

su

per

visi

on (

continued

)

2.1

Id

entify

any

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s th

at

nee

d t

ests

to

be

fast

tra

cked

, an

d n

otify

the

appro

priat

e st

aff

2.2

Pl

ace

rece

ived

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

the

corr

ect

stora

ge

loca

tion(s

), a

nd d

irec

t th

e sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s to

appro

priat

e sp

ecia

litie

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

35

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

Pr

epare

and p

ack

age

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r tr

ansp

ort

ation,

acc

ord

ing t

o loca

l an

d n

atio

nal

guid

elin

es

2.4

Arr

ange

tran

sport

atio

n o

f sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s to

oth

er loca

tions,

and a

men

d t

he

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

acc

ord

ingly

2.5

Sto

re s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

the

appro

priate

m

anner

for

the

dep

art

men

t pro

cess

ing t

hem

2.6

Sto

re s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s by

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing

met

hods:

–

free

zing

–

ambie

nt

–

refr

iger

atin

g

–

incu

bat

ing

2.7

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion a

bout

labora

tory

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s to

auth

orise

d

peo

ple

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

36

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

3

Know

how

to r

ecei

ve,

sort

, tr

ansp

ort

and s

tore

la

bora

tory

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s under

su

per

visi

on

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

are

a in

whic

h y

ou a

re c

arry

ing o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in t

he

loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

atin

g m

anual

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

3.6

Exp

lain

how

the

labora

tory

spec

imen

/sam

ple

co

llect

ion a

nd r

ecep

tion s

yste

m w

ork

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

37

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.7

Exp

lain

how

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s ar

e re

ceiv

ed in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d w

her

e ty

pic

al s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s origin

ate

fro

m

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e pre

-analy

tica

l pro

cedure

s use

d for

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of haz

ard

label

s use

d o

n

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s, a

nd w

hat

eac

h lab

el m

eans

4

Know

how

to r

ecei

ve,

sort

, tr

ansp

ort

and s

tore

la

bora

tory

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s under

su

per

visi

on (

continued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to e

nsu

re t

hat

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s are

pro

per

ly lab

elle

d a

nd s

tore

d

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

min

imum

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of sp

ecim

en/s

ample

and

spec

imen

/sam

ple

conta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

atio

n

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

38

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s do n

ot

mat

ch u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

ation r

eques

t fo

rms

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

/sam

ple

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

mat

eria

l during s

tora

ge

or

transi

t

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e ri

sks

and h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sp

ecim

en/s

am

ple

, an

d h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d w

hen

des

pat

chin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

39

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


40


41

Unit 4: Communicating laboratory information to authorised personnel under supervision

Unit reference number: A/601/1897

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to communicate laboratory information to authorised personnel, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be able to access data from the laboratory information management system (LIMS), from the appropriate files, and to communicate accurately the information to authorised personnel. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to provide laboratory data on specimens/samples to authorised personnel, in accordance with organisational procedures. The learner work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will be sufficient to provide an understanding of the specimen, sample and test requirements for the speciality that they work in. The learner will understand the importance of the Data Protection Act and the need to maintain security and integrity of the laboratory records.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to communicating laboratory information to authorised personnel, in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the need to work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when communicating laboratory information, how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.



42





N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

43

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Com

munic

ate

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n t

o a

uth

orise

d

per

sonnel

under

su

per

visi

on

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

Exc

han

ge

labora

tory

info

rmation w

ith c

ust

om

ers

effe

ctiv

ely

and e

ffic

iently,

whic

h m

ust

incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g t

ypes

:

–

inst

ruct

ions/

dir

ections

–

test

res

ults

–

pro

gre

ss r

eport

1.3

Ensu

re t

he

inte

grity

of th

e la

bora

tory

info

rmat

ion

man

agem

ent

syst

em (

LIM

S)

by

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

usi

ng t

he

corr

ect

star

tup/s

hutd

ow

n p

roce

dure

s

–

follo

win

g g

ood p

ract

ice

for

loggin

g o

n/o

ff

–

info

rmat

ion is

pass

ed t

o a

uth

orise

d p

eople

only

1.4

Fo

llow

pro

cedure

s co

rrec

tly

to e

nsu

re t

he

secu

rity

an

d c

onfiden

tial

ity

of la

bora

tory

info

rmat

ion a

nd

reso

lve

all of th

e fo

llow

ing s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

pro

ble

ms:

–

inco

mple

te lab

ellin

g

–

no s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed

–

inco

rrec

t sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

inco

rrec

t han

dlin

g/t

ransp

ort

–

failu

re t

o m

eet

targ

ets

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

44

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Com

munic

ate

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n t

o a

uth

orise

d

per

sonnel

under

su

per

visi

on (

continued

)

2.1

Rec

eive

and r

ecord

the

info

rmation fro

m

cust

om

ers,

in t

he

appro

priate

man

ner

, w

hic

h m

ust

in

clude

sear

chin

g a

nd a

cces

sing d

ata fro

m t

he

LIM

S

for

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

spec

imen

/sam

ple

info

rmat

ion

–

labora

tory

pro

cess

info

rmat

ion

2.2

Fo

rwar

d m

essa

ges

and info

rmation t

o t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, in

acc

ord

ance

with p

roce

dure

s,

and c

om

munic

ate

to t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing

cust

om

ers:

–

oth

er d

epart

men

t

–

clin

icia

n/s

cien

tist

–

team

mem

ber

s

–

oth

er lab

ora

tories

–

mem

ber

s of th

e public

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.3

Confirm

the

iden

tity

and a

uth

ori

sation o

f ca

llers

bef

ore

you c

om

munic

ate

labora

tory

info

rmat

ion,

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

45

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to

com

munic

ate

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n t

o a

uth

orise

d

per

sonnel

under

su

per

visi

on

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

are

a in

whic

h y

ou a

re c

arry

ing o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in t

he

loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

atin

g m

anual

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

dat

a s

ecurity

req

uirem

ents

for

diffe

rent

com

pute

r applic

atio

ns

3.6

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s an

d s

tore

dat

a, in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pra

ctic

es

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

46

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.7

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in a

ccura

te

spec

imen

/sam

ple

and d

epart

men

tal re

cord

s

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ific

safe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing w

ith c

om

pute

r sy

stem

s (t

o incl

ude

such

thin

gs

as

safe

ty g

uid

ance

rel

atin

g t

o t

he

use

of

visu

al d

ispla

y unit (

VD

U)

equip

men

t an

d

work

stat

ion e

nvi

ronm

ent

(such

as

lighting,

seat

ing,

posi

tionin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t),

repet

itiv

e st

rain

inju

ry

(RSI)

; th

e dan

ger

s of

trai

ling lea

ds

and c

able

s; h

ow

to

spot

faulty

or

dan

ger

ous

elec

tric

al lea

ds,

plu

gs

and c

onnec

tions)

3.9

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in g

ood

house

keep

ing a

rran

gem

ents

(su

ch a

s putt

ing d

isks

, m

anual

s and u

nw

ante

d ite

ms

of eq

uip

men

t in

to

safe

sto

rage;

lea

ving t

he

work

are

a in a

saf

e an

d

tidy

conditio

n)

4

Know

how

to

com

munic

ate

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n t

o a

uth

orise

d

per

sonnel

under

su

per

visi

on (

continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of yo

ur

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

you s

hould

rep

ort

if

you h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

yo

u c

annot

reso

lve

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

47

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

basi

c se

t-up a

nd o

per

atio

n o

f th

e la

bora

tory

rec

ord

s sy

stem

and t

he

per

ipher

al

dev

ices

that

are

use

d (

such

as

mouse

, ke

yboar

d,

VD

U,

pri

nte

r and b

arco

de

reader

)

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

corr

ect

star

tup a

nd s

hutd

ow

n

pro

cedure

s to

be

use

d for

the

com

pute

r sy

stem

4.6

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s th

e sp

ecific

com

pute

r La

bora

tory

Info

rmat

ion M

anagem

ent

Sys

tem

(L

IMS)

data

bas

e to

be

use

d,

and t

he

use

of

soft

war

e m

anual

s and r

elat

ed d

ocu

men

ts t

o a

id

effici

ent

oper

atio

n o

f th

e re

leva

nt

labora

tory

re

cord

s sy

stem

4.7

Exp

lain

how

to d

eal w

ith s

yste

m p

roble

ms

(such

as

erro

r m

essa

ges

rec

eive

d,

per

ipher

als

whic

h d

o n

ot

resp

ond a

s ex

pec

ted,

obvi

ous

faults

with t

he

equip

men

t or

connec

ting lea

ds)

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to c

om

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

and h

ow

to

iden

tify

key

info

rmat

ion w

hen

rec

ord

ing a

nd

forw

ardin

g m

essa

ges

acc

ura

tely

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to r

ecognis

e w

hen

a c

ust

om

er is

angry

an

d/o

r co

nfu

sed,

and t

he

pro

cedure

s fo

r han

dlin

g

the

situ

atio

n

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

48

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


49

Unit 5: Accessing, registering and inputting patient data in a LIMS under supervision

Unit reference number: J/601/1899

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to access, register and input patient data in a Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS). Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to accessing, registering and inputting data into a patient records system in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after work on the patient records system. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to


50







N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

51

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Acc

ess,

reg

iste

r an

d input

pat

ient

dat

a in

a L

IMS

under

super

visi

on

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

U

se c

orr

ect

pass

word

s to

acc

ess

the

rele

vant

labora

tory

dat

abase

s, a

nd m

ainta

in t

he

secu

rity

an

d inte

gri

ty o

f in

form

atio

n

1.3

U

se c

orr

ect

sear

ch p

roce

dure

s to

confirm

that

the

pat

ient

dem

ogra

phic

dat

a o

n s

pec

imen

s re

ceiv

ed

are

corr

ect

with e

xist

ing d

ata o

n t

he

labora

tory

re

cord

sys

tem

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

52

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Est

ablis

h d

ata

requirem

ents

for

ten o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

pat

ient

nam

e

–

pat

ient

dat

e of birth

–

pat

ient

gen

der

–

dat

abase

code

–

pat

ient

addre

ss/

loca

tion

–

det

ails

of th

e sp

ecim

en s

ent

and r

ecei

ved

–

clie

nt’s

loca

tion

–

labora

tory

code

–

labora

tory

tes

t re

sults

–

clie

nt

sendin

g t

he

spec

imen

(eg

, doct

or,

vet

, sc

ientist

)

–

pat

ient

spec

ies

(eg,

hum

an,

anim

al,

mar

ine)

–

des

tinat

ion(s

) fo

r re

turn

ing t

he

resu

lts

1.5

Fo

llow

the

corr

ect

pro

toco

ls for

regis

tering n

ew

pat

ients

onto

the

Labora

tory

Info

rmation

Man

agem

ent

Sys

tem

(LI

MS)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

53

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

Com

ple

te a

ll of

the

follo

win

g d

epar

tmen

tal

spec

imen

iden

tifica

tion a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

writing a

spec

imen

code

–

addin

g a

bar

code

–

scan

nin

g a

bar

code

with b

arc

ode

read

er

–

chec

king t

he

spec

imen

code

agai

nst

dat

abas

e re

cord

s

1.7

Sel

ect

the

corr

ect

labora

tory

and p

atie

nt

dat

a, a

nd

accu

rate

ly input

pat

ient

and c

linic

al d

etai

ls w

ith t

he

reques

ted t

ests

for

thei

r sp

ecim

en

2

Acc

ess,

reg

iste

r an

d input

pat

ient

dat

a in

a L

IMS

under

super

visi

on

(continued

)

2.1

Acc

ess

and input

pat

ient

dat

a fo

r al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

pat

ient

num

ber

(eg

, N

HS n

um

ber

)

–

hosp

ital

/org

anis

atio

n n

um

ber

–

labora

tory

num

ber

–

labora

tory

tes

t bei

ng d

one

–

det

ails

for

trac

king a

ny

third p

art

y te

stin

g

2.2

Res

olv

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

aris

e w

hen

the

required

pat

ient

info

rmat

ion a

nd d

ata c

annot

be

found o

r m

atch

ed

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

54

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

Res

olv

e tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing d

ata

pro

ble

ms

asso

ciate

d w

ith s

pec

imen

s:

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

poor/

uncl

ear

label

ling

–

dam

aged

/mis

sing label

ling

2.4

Pe

rform

thes

e ta

sks

in a

tim

ely

man

ner

, co

mpat

ible

w

ith t

he

labora

tory

sch

edule

s

2.5

Req

ues

t hel

p f

rom

appro

priat

e peo

ple

when

you a

re

unab

le t

o r

esolv

e pro

ble

ms

with m

ism

atch

ed o

r in

com

ple

te s

pec

imen

det

ails

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

55

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3

Know

how

to a

cces

s,

regis

ter

and input

pat

ient

dat

a in

a L

IMS u

nder

su

per

visi

on

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in t

he

loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

atin

g m

anual

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

dat

a s

ecurity

req

uirem

ents

for

diffe

rent

com

pute

r applic

atio

ns

3.6

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s an

d s

tore

dat

a, in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pra

ctic

es

3.7

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in a

ccura

te

pat

ient

and d

epart

men

t re

cord

s fo

r sp

ecim

ens

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

polic

ies

and p

roce

dure

s fo

r th

e ac

cura

te r

egis

trat

ion o

f new

patien

ts o

n t

he

Labora

tory

Info

rmat

ion M

anagem

ent

Sys

tem

(L

IMS)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

56

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ific

safe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing w

ith c

om

pute

r sy

stem

s (t

o incl

ude

such

thin

gs

as

safe

ty g

uid

ance

rel

atin

g t

o t

he

use

of

visu

al d

ispla

y unit (

VD

U)

equip

men

t an

d

work

stat

ion e

nvi

ronm

ent

(such

as

lighting,

seat

ing,

posi

tionin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t),

repet

itiv

e st

rain

inju

ry

(RSI)

; th

e dan

ger

s of

trai

ling lea

ds

and c

able

s; h

ow

to

spot

faulty

or

dan

ger

ous

elec

tric

al lea

ds,

plu

gs

and c

onnec

tions)

3.1

0

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in g

ood

house

keep

ing a

rran

gem

ents

(su

ch a

s putt

ing d

isks

, m

anual

s and u

nw

ante

d ite

ms

of eq

uip

men

t in

to

safe

sto

rage;

lea

ving t

he

work

are

a in a

saf

e an

d

tidy

conditio

n)

4

Know

how

to a

cces

s,

regis

ter

and input

pat

ient

dat

a in

a L

IMS u

nder

su

per

visi

on (

continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

basi

c se

t-up a

nd o

per

atio

n o

f th

e la

bora

tory

rec

ord

s sy

stem

and t

he

per

ipher

al

dev

ices

that

are

use

d (

such

as

mouse

, ke

yboar

d,

VD

U,

pri

nte

r and b

arco

de

reader

)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

57

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

corr

ect

star

tup a

nd s

hutd

ow

n

pro

cedure

s to

be

use

d for

the

com

pute

r sy

stem

4.6

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s th

e sp

ecific

com

pute

r La

bora

tory

Info

rmat

ion M

anagem

ent

Sys

tem

(L

IMS)

data

bas

e to

be

use

d,

and t

he

use

of

soft

war

e m

anual

s and r

elat

ed d

ocu

men

ts t

o a

id

effici

ent

oper

atio

n o

f th

e re

leva

nt

labora

tory

re

cord

s sy

stem

4.7

Exp

lain

how

to d

eal w

ith s

yste

m p

roble

ms

(such

as

erro

r m

essa

ges

rec

eive

d,

per

ipher

als

whic

h d

o n

ot

resp

ond a

s ex

pec

ted,

obvi

ous

faults

with t

he

equip

men

t or

connec

ting lea

ds)

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to c

om

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

and h

ow

to

iden

tify

key

info

rmat

ion w

hen

rec

ord

ing a

nd

forw

ardin

g m

essa

ges

acc

ura

tely

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

test

codes

, co

ded

com

men

ts,

reques

tor

and loca

tion c

odes

, and s

pec

imen

co

mm

ent

codes

req

uired

to a

ccura

tely

input

and

reques

t patien

t/la

bora

tory

dat

a, a

ppro

priate

to

thei

r ar

ea o

f w

ork

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


58


59

Unit 6: Assisting with the preparation of biopsy specimens for laboratory investigations

Unit reference number: L/601/2018

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with preparation of biopsy specimens for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the preparation of specimen biopsies in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen biopsy preparation activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


60



Assessment requirements are set down in Annexe D: Assessment strategy



N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

61

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of bio

psy

spec

imen

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

your

work

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t as

appro

priat

e fo

r th

e sp

ecim

ens

bei

ng h

andle

d:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

Rec

eive

and lab

el t

he

bio

psy

sam

ple

s, r

emove

d b

y a

com

pet

ent

per

son,

and s

tore

in a

cas

sett

e fo

r fu

rther

pro

cess

ing

1.5

Tak

e appro

priat

e act

ion for

unsu

itab

le s

pec

imen

s,

in a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing c

ateg

ories

:

–

insu

ffic

ient

volu

me

–

inco

rrec

t han

dlin

g

–

inco

rrec

t co

nta

iner

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

inco

rrec

t st

ora

ge

–

inco

rrec

t sa

mple

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

62

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

Tri

m e

xces

s w

ax b

lock

fro

m b

iopsy

sam

ple

s bef

ore

m

icro

met

ry

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of bio

psy

spec

imen

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

(continued

)

2.1

Rem

ove

cro

ss-s

ections

of w

axed

bio

psy

sam

ple

s,

and p

repar

e pla

tes

for

mic

rosc

opic

anal

ysis

2.2

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g b

iopsy

oper

ations:

–

store

spec

imen

bio

psi

es in c

orr

ectly

label

led

cass

ette

–

pro

cess

spec

imen

bio

psy

cass

ette

s th

rough t

he

par

affin w

ax m

ach

ine

–

rem

ove

bio

psy

sec

tions,

usi

ng m

icro

tom

e m

achin

es

–

separ

ate

spec

imen

bio

psy

sec

tions,

usi

ng w

ater

bat

hs

–

rem

ove

wax

fro

m s

ections,

and p

roce

ss t

hro

ugh

the

stai

nin

g m

ach

ine

–

mount

cove

r sl

ips,

label

sta

ined

bio

psy

pla

tes,

an

d d

espat

ch for

clin

ical

anal

ysis

2.3

Fi

le p

repar

ed s

lides

and b

lock

s fo

r m

icro

scopic

an

alys

is,

in t

he

appro

priat

e lo

cation

2.4

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion a

bout

pre

par

ed s

pec

imen

s to

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

ac

cord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

63

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f bio

psy

sp

ecim

ens

for

labora

tory

in

vest

igations

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

Exp

lain

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

Exp

lain

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

spec

imen

rec

eption s

yste

m

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

ms,

an

d t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

clin

ical

spec

imen

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

64

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.7

Exp

lain

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and

any

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.9

Exp

lain

the

limits

of

thei

r ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

0

Exp

lain

the

min

imum

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f bio

psy

sp

ecim

ens

for

labora

tory

in

vest

igations

(continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

loca

tion for

each

cat

egory

of

spec

imen

th

at c

an b

e re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of sp

ecim

en a

nd s

pec

imen

co

nta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

ation

4.3

Exp

lain

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling

with r

outine

and u

rgen

t sp

ecim

ens

4.4

Exp

lain

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

sp

ecim

ens

do n

ot

matc

h u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

atio

n

reques

t fo

rms

4.5

Exp

lain

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a b

roke

n

or

leak

ing s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in t

he

labora

tory

4.6

Exp

lain

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

65

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling s

pec

imen

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d

the

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring inve

stig

atio

ns

4.8

Exp

lain

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y af

fect

the

inte

grity

of th

e sp

ecim

en m

ate

rial

or

sam

ple

during

stora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.9

Exp

lain

the

risk

s an

d h

azar

ds

ass

oci

ated

with t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sa

mple

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g s

pec

imen

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


66


67


Unit reference number: R/601/2019

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 11


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the preparation of microbiological specimens/samples for laboratory investigations in the laboratory. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve placing microbiological specimens/samples in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to preparing microbiological specimens/samples in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen/sample preparation activities. The learner


68

will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

69

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of m

icro

bio

logic

al

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

1.3

U

se f

our

of

the

follo

win

g t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s bei

ng h

andle

d:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

exhau

st p

rote

ctiv

e ca

bin

et

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

Ensu

re t

hat

any

hig

h r

isk

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed a

re h

andle

d in a

ccord

ance

agre

ed loca

l polic

ies

and p

roce

dure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

70

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Tak

e ap

pro

pri

ate

action for

unsu

itab

le

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

cate

gories

:

–

insu

ffic

ient

volu

me

–

inco

rrec

t han

dlin

g

–

inco

rrec

t co

nta

iner

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

inco

rrec

t st

ora

ge

–

inco

rrec

t sa

mple

1.6

Pr

epare

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

corr

ectly

label

led

Petr

i dis

hes

and b

ott

les

with b

iolo

gic

al gro

wth

m

ediu

m

1.7

Pre

pare

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r bio

logic

al g

row

th,

usi

ng e

ight

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

bunse

n b

urn

er

–

wire

loop/d

isposa

ble

loop

–

auto

mat

ed p

ipet

tes

–

man

ual

pip

ette

s

–

Petr

i dis

hes

with b

iolo

gic

al gro

wth

med

ium

–

bott

les

with b

iolo

gic

al gro

wth

med

ium

–

incu

bat

ors

–

free

zers

–

refr

iger

atio

n

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

71

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of m

icro

bio

logic

al

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

(continued

)

2.1

Corr

ectly

label

Pet

ri d

ishes

and b

ott

les,

and

mai

nta

in a

ccura

te lab

ora

tory

rec

ord

s

2.2

Tra

nsp

ort

Pet

ri d

ishes

and b

ott

les

safe

ly a

round t

he

labora

tory

, an

d s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

2.3

Sto

re p

repar

ed s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

the

corr

ect

incu

bat

ors

, to

the

appro

ved m

anner

for

bio

logic

al

gro

wth

2.4

Rem

ove

Pet

ri d

ishes

and b

ott

les

from

incu

bat

ors

, re

ady

for

the

iden

tifica

tion o

f co

lonis

ed

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s by

com

pet

ent

staf

f

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion o

n

labora

tory

act

ivitie

s to

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

ac

cord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of pre

par

atio

n w

ork

, an

d

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

72

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f m

icro

bio

logic

al

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.9

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to e

nsu

re t

hat

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s are

pro

per

ly lab

elle

d a

nd s

tore

d

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

73

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of sp

ecim

en/s

ample

and

spec

imen

/sam

ple

conta

iner

use

d in t

hei

r sp

ecia

lity,

an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

atio

n

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f m

icro

bio

logic

al

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fo

r la

bora

tory

inve

stig

ations

(continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of in

cubat

or

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

for

bio

logic

al g

row

th

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

and r

ange

of gro

wth

med

ia u

sed

for

the

analy

sis

of m

icro

bio

logic

al c

olo

nie

s

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s do n

ot

mat

ch u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

ation r

eques

t fo

rms

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

/sam

ple

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s (a

liquots

) ta

ken d

uring

pre

par

ation

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

74

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

spec

imen

/ sa

mple

during

stora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

risk

s an

d h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


75

Unit 8: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using automated laboratory equipment

Unit reference number: J/601/2020

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prove the competences required to assist with the processing of liquid clinical specimens for laboratory investigation, using automated equipment. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting liquid clinical specimens in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials or equipment used.

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory investigations undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, material or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to processing liquid clinical specimens in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen/sample processing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and


76

targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

77

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s usi

ng a

uto

mat

ed

labora

tory

equip

men

t

1.1

Ensu

re t

hei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

with

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t w

hen

han

dlin

g c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t w

hen

oper

atin

g a

uto

mat

ic

equip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

Confirm

that

the

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

set

up

and r

eady

for

oper

ation

1.5

Pr

oce

ss c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s, u

sing o

ne

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

anal

yser

s usi

ng d

irec

t sa

mplin

g

–

anal

yser

s usi

ng p

repar

ed s

ample

s

1.6

Fo

llow

the

def

ined

pro

cedure

s fo

r st

arting a

nd

runnin

g t

he

labora

tory

equip

men

t

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

78

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g p

roce

ssin

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

tran

sport

liq

uid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s ar

ound t

he

labora

tory

and s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

–

seek

any

nec

essa

ry inst

ruct

ion/t

rain

ing o

n t

he

oper

atio

n o

f th

e eq

uip

men

t, w

hen

appro

priat

e

–

chec

k th

at e

quip

men

t guar

ds

are

in p

lace

and

are

corr

ectly

adju

sted

–

ensu

re t

hat

liquid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s have

bee

n

load

ed c

orr

ectly

and a

re h

eld s

ecure

ly

–

chec

k th

at t

he

oper

ating p

rogra

m for

the

anal

yser

/equip

men

t is

at

the

corr

ect

star

t poin

t,

and t

hat

the

spec

imen

s are

at

the

corr

ect

loca

tion in t

he

anal

yser

/equip

men

t

–

follo

w t

he

def

ined

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r th

e an

alys

er/e

quip

men

t, a

nd a

pply

saf

e w

ork

ing

pra

ctic

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s at

all

tim

es

–

confirm

with a

qual

ifie

d p

rofe

ssio

nal

that

equip

men

t se

ttin

gs

are

adju

sted

, as

and w

hen

re

quired

, to

mai

nta

in t

he

required

acc

ura

cy

–

confirm

with a

qual

ifie

d p

rofe

ssio

nal

that

the

anal

yses

pro

duce

d m

eet

the

required

sp

ecific

atio

n for

qualit

y an

d a

ccura

cy

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

79

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s usi

ng a

uto

mat

ed

labora

tory

equip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

2.1

Lo

ad a

nd u

nlo

ad s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s fr

om

la

bora

tory

equip

men

t in

acc

ord

ance

with

pro

cedure

s an

d a

naly

ser/

equip

men

t sp

ecific

ations

2.2

D

eal pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith e

rror

mes

sages

or

equip

men

t fa

ults

that

are

within

thei

r co

ntr

ol an

d

report

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.3

M

onitor

the

equip

men

t pro

cess

and e

nsu

re t

hat

the

outp

ut

readin

gs

are

to t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

2.4

Shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e act

ivitie

s

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion lab

ora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

in a

ccord

ance

with

dep

artm

enta

l an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of pre

par

atio

n w

ork

, an

d

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

80

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

spec

imen

rec

eption s

yste

m

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

m,

and t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

clin

ical

spec

imen

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

81

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of sp

ecim

en a

nd s

pec

imen

co

nta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

ation

3.1

3

Exp

lain

how

to a

sses

s if a

clin

ical

spec

imen

is

suitab

le f

or

anal

ysis

3.1

4

Exp

lain

how

to s

tart

and s

hut

dow

n t

he

anal

yser

/equip

men

t, incl

udin

g w

hat

to d

o in a

n

emer

gen

cy

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

why

is it

import

ant

that

pre

-run c

hec

ks a

re

carr

ied o

ut,

and t

hat

they

iden

tify

the

stat

us

of th

e an

alys

er/e

quip

men

t

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to load

clin

ical

spec

imen

s fo

r th

e an

alys

er/e

quip

men

t, a

nd h

ow

to initia

te s

ample

an

alys

is

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

appro

priat

e act

ion t

o t

ake

when

sp

ecim

en s

amplin

g o

r eq

uip

men

t er

rors

occ

ur

4.4

Exp

lain

how

to u

nlo

ad c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s fr

om

the

anal

yser

/equip

men

t, a

nd h

ow

to s

tore

them

aft

er

anal

ysis

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

82

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

clin

ical

spec

imen

s do n

ot

matc

h u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

atio

n

reques

t fo

rms

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling c

linic

al sp

ecim

ens

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

inve

stig

ations

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

spec

imen

or

sam

ple

during

stora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e ri

sks

and h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sa

mple

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s

4.1

3

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d w

hen

des

pat

chin

g c

linic

al

spec

imen

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

83

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


84


85

Unit 9: Assisting with the processing of liquid clinical specimens using manual laboratory techniques

Unit reference number: L/601/2021

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the processing of liquid clinical specimens for laboratory investigations, using manual techniques. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting liquid clinical specimens in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials or equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to processing liquid clinical specimens manually in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen/sample processing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives


86

and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

87

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s usi

ng m

anual

labora

tory

te

chniq

ues

1.1

Ensu

re t

hei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

with

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

s ap

pro

priat

e fo

r th

e cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s bei

ng h

andle

d:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

O

bta

in t

he

appro

priate

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

for

the

man

ual te

sts

required

1.5

U

se t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

for

the

man

ual

te

sts:

–

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

–

reag

ents

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.6

Conduct

man

ual

labora

tory

tes

ts o

n liq

uid

clin

ical

sp

ecim

ens,

usi

ng t

he

corr

ect

pro

cedure

s and

tech

niq

ues

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

88

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

clin

ical

spec

imen

s usi

ng m

anual

labora

tory

te

chniq

ues

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

Conduct

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g m

anual

lab

ora

tory

te

sts:

–

urine

dip

stick

s (d

ip s

tix)

–

mak

ing b

lood film

s an

d s

tain

ing s

lides

–

ELI

SA t

esting

–

urine

volu

me/

pH

mea

sure

men

t

–

blo

od g

luco

se

–

elec

trophore

sis

gel

s

–

urine

pre

gnan

cy t

est

–

pre

par

ation o

f im

muno-f

luore

scen

ce s

lides

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.2

Rec

ord

the

resu

lts

of

man

ual

tes

ts,

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

2.3

D

ispose

of

was

te ite

ms

from

manual

labora

tory

te

sts,

in a

ccord

ance

with s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s

2.4

Ret

urn

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

that

can b

e use

d

for

test

ing t

o t

he

corr

ect

stora

ge

loca

tion

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion lab

ora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

in a

ccord

ance

with

dep

artm

enta

l an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

89

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of pre

par

atio

n w

ork

, an

d

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s usi

ng

man

ual

lab

ora

tory

te

chniq

ues

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

spec

imen

rec

eption s

yste

m

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

90

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

m,

and t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

clin

ical

spec

imen

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

/sam

ple

s re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e lo

cation for

each

cat

egory

of

spec

imen

/sam

ple

s th

at c

an b

e re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

3

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of sp

ecim

en/s

ample

and

spec

imen

/sam

ple

conta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

atio

n

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s usi

ng

man

ual

lab

ora

tory

te

chniq

ues

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to a

sses

s if a

clin

ical

spec

imen

is

suitab

le f

or

anal

ysis

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to u

se a

nd t

ake

a r

eadin

g fro

m m

anual

test

kits

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

91

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to t

ake

blo

od p

rick

sam

ple

s fo

r a

han

dhel

d t

este

r, t

o m

easu

re g

luco

se lev

els

and

take

rea

din

gs

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t cl

inic

al s

pec

imen

s

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

clin

ical

spec

imen

s do n

ot

matc

h u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

atio

n

reques

t fo

rms

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

/sam

ple

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling c

linic

al sp

ecim

ens

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

inve

stig

ations

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

spec

imen

or

sam

ple

during

stora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e ri

sks

and h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sa

mple

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g c

linic

al s

pec

imen

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

92

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d w

hen

des

pat

chin

g c

linic

al

spec

imen

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


93


Unit reference number: R/601/2022

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the maintenance of stocks of reagents and consumables for laboratory use. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials or equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the maintenance of stocks of reagents and consumables used in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after work on stock maintenance. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


94






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

95

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

mai

nte

nance

of

stock

s of

reag

ents

and c

onsu

mab

les

for

labora

tory

use

1.1

Ensu

re t

hei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

with

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

tock

ite

ms

1.3

Count

stock

s an

d c

onfirm

that

they

are

with t

he

max

imum

/min

imum

lev

els

required

for

the

labora

tory

act

ivitie

s

1.4

Chec

k st

ock

lev

els

for

both

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

reag

ents

–

consu

mab

les

1.5

Chec

k th

e pac

kagin

g info

rmat

ion o

n indiv

idual

st

ock

ite

ms,

and c

onfirm

that

cri

tica

l det

ails

are

w

ithin

acc

epta

ble

lim

its

1.6

Chec

k pac

kagin

g for

all of

the

follo

win

g

info

rmat

ion:

–

bat

ch n

um

ber

s

–

expiry

dat

es

–

del

iver

y date

s

–

haz

ard lab

els

–

volu

mes

–

wei

ghts

1.7

Id

entify

, re

cord

and c

om

munic

ate

requirem

ents

to

reple

nis

h s

tock

s at

spec

ifie

d r

e-ord

er lev

els

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

96

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

Chec

k new

sto

cks

rece

ived

agai

nst

del

iver

y note

s,

label

and s

tore

ite

ms

in t

he

corr

ect

envi

ronm

ent

and loca

tion

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

mai

nte

nance

of

stock

s of

reag

ents

and c

onsu

mab

les

for

labora

tory

use

(c

ontinued

)

2.1

Chec

k st

ock

ite

ms

hel

d in f

our

of

the

follo

win

g

stora

ge

envi

ronm

ents

:

–

ambie

nt

tem

per

ature

loca

tions

–

refr

iger

ators

/fre

ezer

s

–

zero

or

low

lig

ht

loca

tions

–

haz

ardous

chem

ical

loca

tions

–

auto

mat

ic e

quip

men

t

–

consu

mab

le ite

m loca

tions

2.2

Corr

ectly

han

dle

and t

ransp

ort

sto

ck ite

ms,

usi

ng

the

appro

priat

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

2.3

H

andle

and t

ransp

ort

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of

mat

eria

l:

–

solid

s

–

liquid

s

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.4

D

ispose

, in

the

appro

priat

e m

anner

and loca

tions,

of

stock

or

item

s th

at a

re d

amaged

or

outs

ide

acce

pta

ble

lim

its

for

labora

tory

use

2.5

Acc

ess

and u

pdat

e re

cord

s fo

r st

ock

lev

els

in t

he

labora

tory

info

rmat

ion m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

(LI

MS)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

97

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

Acc

ess

and u

pdat

e in

form

atio

n o

n t

he

LIM

S for

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

booki

ng ite

ms

out

from

sto

ck

–

booki

ng ite

ms

into

sto

ck

–

stock

chec

k le

vels

2.7

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion t

o

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal

and o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

2.8

Rec

ord

det

ails

of st

ock

contr

ol, a

nd c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priate

peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

main

tenan

ce o

f st

ock

s of re

agen

ts a

nd

consu

mab

les

for

labora

tory

use

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

98

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

reag

ents

and c

onsu

mab

les

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.9

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in a

ccura

te

labora

tory

rec

ord

s fo

r st

ock

s of

reag

ents

and

consu

mab

les

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

main

tenan

ce o

f st

ock

s of re

agen

ts a

nd

consu

mab

les

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

mea

nin

g o

f th

e va

rious

nota

tions

whic

h a

re u

sed in t

he

labora

tory

for

wei

ghts

and

volu

mes

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

types

and r

ange

of re

agen

ts a

nd

consu

mab

les

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d h

ow

they

have

to b

e ch

ecke

d

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

99

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to c

hec

k th

e pac

kagin

g info

rmat

ion o

n

reag

ents

and c

onsu

mab

les

(such

as

bat

ch n

um

ber

s an

d e

xpiry

dat

es)

4.4

Exp

lain

how

and w

hy

it is

import

ant

to iden

tify

m

ater

ials

that

should

not

be

store

d t

oget

her

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

range

of st

ora

ge

envi

ronm

ents

use

d t

o

store

rea

gen

ts a

nd c

onsu

mab

les

for

labora

tory

use

4.6

Exp

lain

how

to lab

el n

ew s

tock

ite

ms

corr

ectly,

and

how

to r

ecord

the

info

rmat

ion in t

he

labora

tory

in

form

atio

n m

anag

emen

t sy

stem

4.7

Exp

lain

wher

e an

d h

ow

sto

ck ite

ms

should

be

store

d s

o t

hey

rem

ain s

uitab

le f

or

labora

tory

use

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to m

onitor

and c

ontr

ol st

ock

lev

els

for

labora

tory

rea

gen

ts a

nd c

onsu

mab

les

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to d

ispose

of w

ast

e or

dam

aged

sto

ck

item

s, in a

ccord

ance

with s

tandar

ds

oper

ating

pro

cedure

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


100


101

Unit 11: Drawing blood samples from patients for laboratory investigations

Unit reference number: Y/601/2023

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to draw blood specimens from patients for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the drawing of blood specimens in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after blood specimen taking. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


102






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

103

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Dra

w b

lood s

am

ple

s fr

om

pat

ients

for

labora

tory

in

vest

igations

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

and a

pply

sta

ndar

d p

reca

utions

for

infe

ctio

n c

ontr

ol, t

oget

her

with a

ny

oth

er

rele

vant

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y m

easu

res

1.3

U

se t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing

and e

quip

men

t w

hen

ext

ract

ing b

lood:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

104

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g b

lood e

xtra

ctio

n

oper

atio

ns:

–

wel

com

e and r

eass

ure

the

pat

ient,

prior

to b

lood

extr

act

ion

–

expla

in a

nd c

hec

k th

e pat

ient’s

under

stan

din

g o

f th

e pro

cedure

, es

pec

ially

if under

taki

ng a

pro

longed

pro

cedure

such

as

a G

luco

se

Tole

rance

Tes

t

–

pla

ce t

he

pat

ient

in t

he

bes

t posi

tion f

or

blo

od

extr

act

ion

–

inse

rt t

he

nee

dle

safe

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly

in t

he

med

ian c

ubital

vei

n o

n t

he

pat

ient

–

obta

in t

he

blo

od in t

he

corr

ect

volu

me,

usi

ng

colle

ctio

n/v

acuum

tubes

–

obta

in t

he

blo

od in t

he

corr

ect

ord

er o

f tu

bes

w

hen

tak

ing m

ultip

le s

ample

s

–

safe

ly r

emove

the

nee

dle

, ap

ply

pre

ssure

with

cott

on b

all,

ensu

re t

hat

ble

edin

g fro

m t

he

arm

has

sto

pped

, an

d a

pply

a t

empora

ry d

ress

ing

–

dis

pose

of

nee

dle

safe

ly,

in a

ccord

ance

with

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

–

iden

tify

and d

eal w

ith a

ny

adve

rse

patien

t re

action t

o t

he

blo

od e

xtra

ctio

n p

roce

ss

–

tran

sport

blo

od s

pec

imen

s ar

ound t

he

labora

tory

an

d s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

105

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Po

sitive

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly

confirm

the

per

son’s

id

entity

, and o

bta

in/c

onfirm

thei

r co

nse

nt,

prior

to

blo

od e

xtra

ctio

n

1.6

Sel

ect

the

appro

priat

e blo

od t

ubes

for

the

test

s re

ques

ted

1.7

Pr

epare

the

corr

ect

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

re

quired

to e

xtra

ct t

he

blo

od s

pec

imen

fro

m t

he

pat

ient

2

Dra

w b

lood s

am

ple

s fr

om

pat

ients

for

labora

tory

in

vest

igations

(continued

)

2.1

D

raw

blo

od s

pec

imen

s fr

om

patien

ts,

usi

ng t

he

corr

ect

pro

cedure

s an

d t

echniq

ues

2.2

D

eal w

ith a

ny

adve

rse

pat

ient

reac

tions

follo

win

g

the

blo

od d

raw

ing p

roce

ss,

in a

ccord

ance

with

esta

blis

hed

pro

cedure

s an

d p

ract

ices

2.3

La

bel

and p

acka

ge

blo

od s

pec

imen

s, in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

2.4

D

ispose

of

was

te ite

ms

from

the

blo

od s

pec

imen

ex

tract

ion p

roce

ss,

in a

ccord

ance

with s

tandar

d

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

2.5

Tra

nsp

ort

and s

tore

the

blo

od s

pec

imen

in t

he

corr

ect

loca

tion f

or

labora

tory

pro

cess

ing

2.6

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion t

o

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal

and o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

106

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

Rec

ord

det

ails

of blo

od t

aki

ng,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priate

peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to d

raw

blo

od

sam

ple

s fr

om

patien

ts for

labora

tory

inve

stig

ations

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

107

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

seek

ing p

osi

tive

co

nfirm

atio

n o

f ea

ch p

atie

nt’s

iden

tity

and c

onse

nt,

an

d e

ffec

tive

ways

of doin

g t

his

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

the

colle

ctio

n o

f blo

od fro

m p

atie

nts

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e as

pec

ts o

f blo

od t

akin

g,

and t

he

requirem

ents

for

diffe

rent

sam

ple

tubes

and

label

ling p

roto

cols

4

Know

how

to d

raw

blo

od

sam

ple

s fr

om

patien

ts for

labora

tory

inve

stig

ations

(continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

anat

om

ical

and p

hys

iolo

gic

al lo

cations

use

d o

n t

he

pat

ient’s

body

for

the

extr

action o

f blo

od

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to r

eass

ure

pat

ients

when

taki

ng

venous

blo

od,

and h

ow

to s

eek

assi

stan

ce w

hen

nee

ded

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to e

xtra

ct b

lood fro

m p

atien

ts,

usi

ng

vacu

um

tubes

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken w

hen

han

dlin

g b

lood

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

108

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed in a

n

emer

gen

cy s

ituat

ion (

such

as

when

blo

od f

low

ca

nnot

be

stopped

or

when

a p

atien

t has

fai

nte

d)

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t sp

ecim

ens

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

label

ling a

nd n

um

ber

ing

blo

od s

am

ple

s co

rrec

tly

for

inve

stig

ation b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of a b

lood s

pec

imen

during s

tora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

tran

sport

ing b

lood s

pec

imen

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


109

Unit 12: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using automated laboratory equipment

Unit reference number: D/601/2024

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 10


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the processing of liquid compounds/samples for laboratory investigation, using automated equipment. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting liquid compounds/samples in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to processing liquid compounds/samples in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after liquid compound/sample processing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work


110

objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

111

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t w

hen

oper

atin

g t

he

auto

mat

ic e

quip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

112

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g p

roce

ssin

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

tran

sport

liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s ar

ound t

he

labora

tory

, an

d s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

–

confirm

that

the

pro

cess

ing e

quip

men

t is

rea

dy

for

the

analy

sis

activi

ty

–

wher

e ap

pro

priate

, se

ek a

ny

nec

essa

ry

inst

ruct

ion/t

rain

ing o

n t

he

oper

atio

n o

f th

e eq

uip

men

t

–

chec

k th

at a

ny

equip

men

t guar

ds

are

in p

lace

an

d a

re c

orr

ectly

adju

sted

–

ensu

re t

hat

liquid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s hav

e bee

n load

ed c

orr

ectly

and a

re h

eld s

ecure

ly

–

chec

k th

at t

he

oper

ating p

rogra

m for

the

anal

yser

/equip

men

t is

at

the

corr

ect

star

t poin

t,

and t

hat

the

liquid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s are

at

the

corr

ect

loca

tion in t

he

anal

yser

/equip

men

t

–

follo

w t

he

def

ined

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s fo

r th

e an

alys

er/e

quip

men

t, a

nd a

pply

saf

e w

ork

ing

pra

ctic

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s at

all

tim

es

–

ensu

re t

hat

anal

yser

/equip

men

t se

ttin

gs

are

adju

sted

as

and w

hen

req

uired

(ei

ther

by

them

selv

es o

r th

e co

mpet

ent

per

son)

to

mai

nta

in t

he

required

acc

ura

cy

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

anal

yses

pro

duce

d m

eet

the

spec

ific

atio

n for

the

required

qual

ity

and

accu

racy

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

113

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Lo

ad a

nd u

nlo

ad liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s fr

om

la

bora

tory

equip

men

t, in a

ccord

ance

with

pro

cedure

s an

d a

naly

ser/

equip

men

t sp

ecific

ations

1.6

Fo

llow

the

def

ined

pro

cedure

s fo

r st

arting a

nd

runnin

g t

he

labora

tory

equip

men

t

1.7

Lo

ad r

efer

ence

sta

ndar

ds

and p

erfo

rm c

alib

ration

chec

ks o

n lab

ora

tory

equip

men

t, in a

ccord

ance

with

pro

cedure

s

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

2.1

Confirm

that

the

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

set

up

and r

eady

for

oper

ation

2.2

Pr

oce

ss liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s th

rough t

he

anal

yser

, in

acc

ord

ance

with o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

2.3

D

eal pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith e

rror

mes

sages

or

equip

men

t fa

ults

that

are

within

your

contr

ol,

and r

eport

those

that

cannot

be

solv

ed

2.4

M

onitor

the

equip

men

t pro

cess

and e

nsu

re t

hat

the

outp

ut

readin

gs

are

to t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

2.5

Shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t an

d r

eturn

the

work

are

a

to a

safe

conditio

n o

n c

oncl

usi

on o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

2.6

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion t

o

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal

and o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

114

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e liq

uid

com

pound/s

am

ple

pro

cess

ing,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

liquid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

115

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

re

ception s

yste

m

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

m,

and p

roce

dure

s use

d for

liquid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of liq

uid

co

mpound/s

ample

req

uired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e lo

cation for

each

cat

egory

of

liquid

co

mpound/s

ample

that

can

be

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

3.1

3

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

and

conta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

ation

3.1

4

Exp

lain

how

to a

sses

s if a

liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

is

suitable

for

anal

ysis

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

116

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to s

tart

and s

hut

dow

n t

he

anal

yser

/equip

men

t (i

ncl

udin

g w

hat

to d

o in a

n

emer

gen

cy)

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to c

arry

out

daily

pre

-run c

hec

ks,

and

how

to iden

tify

the

stat

us

of

the

anal

yser

/equip

men

t

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to load

a liq

uid

com

pound/s

am

ple

into

th

e an

alys

er/e

quip

men

t, a

nd h

ow

to initia

te t

he

sam

ple

anal

ysis

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

appro

priat

e act

ion t

o t

ake

when

liq

uid

co

mpound/s

ample

sam

plin

g o

r eq

uip

men

t er

rors

occ

ur

4.5

Exp

lain

how

to u

nlo

ad liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s fr

om

the

analy

ser/

equip

men

t, a

nd h

ow

to s

tore

th

em a

fter

anal

ysis

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a liq

uid

co

mpound/s

ample

does

not

mat

ch u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

ation r

eques

t fo

rms

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

is

iden

tified

in t

he

labora

tory

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

117

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

inve

stig

ations

(such

as

han

d w

ritt

en o

r bar

-coded

la

bel

s)

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

liquid

com

pound/s

am

ple

m

ater

ial or

sam

ple

during s

tora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e ri

sks

and h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sa

mple

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

3

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g a

liq

uid

com

pound/s

ample

4.1

4

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

, and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d,

when

des

pat

chin

g a

liq

uid

com

pound/

sam

ple

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


118


119

Unit 13: Assisting with the processing of liquid compounds/samples using manual laboratory techniques

Unit reference number: H/601/2025

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the processing of liquid compounds/samples for laboratory investigation, using manual techniques. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting liquid compounds/samples in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to processing liquid compounds/samples manually in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen/sample processing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives


120

and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

121

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t as

appro

priat

e fo

r th

e co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s bei

ng h

andle

d:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

122

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g p

roce

ssin

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

tran

sport

liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s ar

ound t

he

labora

tory

, an

d s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

–

sele

ct a

suitab

le w

ork

are

a for

the

man

ual te

sts

–

sele

ct a

nd s

et u

p t

he

nec

essa

ry e

quip

men

t co

rrec

tly

–

use

the

nec

essa

ry m

ater

ials

for

the

man

ual

tes

ts

–

follo

w t

he

def

ined

pro

cedure

s, a

nd a

pply

saf

e w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s

–

dis

pose

of

was

te s

afe

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

anal

yses

pro

duce

d m

eet

the

spec

ific

atio

n for

the

required

qual

ity

and

accu

racy

1.5

O

bta

in t

he

appro

priate

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

for

the

man

ual te

sts

required

1.6

Conduct

man

ual

labora

tory

tes

ts o

n liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s, u

sing t

he

corr

ect

pro

cedure

s an

d t

echniq

ues

1.7

U

se t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

for

the

man

ual

te

sts:

–

com

pound s

ample

s

–

reag

ents

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

123

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

2.1

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing w

ork

are

as for

the

man

ual

tes

ts:

–

fum

e cu

pboar

d

–

posi

tive

pre

ssure

cab

inet

–

labora

tory

ben

ch

–

safe

ty c

abin

et

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.2

Conduct

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g m

anual

lab

ora

tory

te

sts:

–

pH

of so

lution

–

spec

ific

gra

vity

–

colo

ur

of

solu

tion

–

clar

ity

of so

lution

–

refr

act

ive

index

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.3

Rec

ord

the

resu

lts

of

the

man

ual te

sts,

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s

2.4

D

ispose

of

wast

e item

s fr

om

the

man

ual la

bora

tory

te

sts,

in a

ccord

ance

with s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s

2.5

Ret

urn

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

that

can b

e use

d

for

test

ing,

to t

he

corr

ect

stora

ge

loca

tion

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

124

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e liq

uid

com

pound/s

am

ple

pro

cess

ing,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

125

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

sam

ple

rec

eption s

yste

m

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

ms,

an

d t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

/sam

ple

s re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e lo

cation for

each

cat

egory

of

spec

imen

/sam

ple

s th

at c

an b

e re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s usi

ng

auto

mat

ed lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of sp

ecim

en/s

ample

s and

spec

imen

/sam

ple

s co

nta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

atio

n

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to a

sses

s if a

com

pound/s

am

ple

is

suitab

le f

or

anal

ysis

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to u

se a

nd t

ake

a r

eadin

g fro

m m

anual

test

kits

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

126

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s do n

ot

matc

h u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

ation r

eques

t fo

rms

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

am

ple

is

iden

tified

in t

he

labora

tory

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

sam

ple

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling c

om

pounds/

sam

ple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

inve

stig

ations

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

sam

ple

during s

tora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e ri

sks

and h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sa

mple

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d w

hen

des

pat

chin

g liq

uid

co

mpounds/

sam

ple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

127

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


128


129

Unit 14: Accessing, registering and inputting batch/sample data in a LIMS under supervision

Unit reference number: K/601/2026

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to access, register and input batch/sample data in a Laboratory Information Management System. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials or equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to accessing, registering and inputting data into a batch/sample records system in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after work on the batch/sample records system. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


130






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

131

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Acc

ess,

reg

iste

r an

d input

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a in

a

LIM

S u

nder

super

visi

on

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

U

se c

orr

ect

pass

word

s to

acc

ess

the

rele

vant

labora

tory

dat

abase

s, a

nd m

ainta

in t

he

secu

rity

an

d inte

gri

ty o

f in

form

atio

n

1.3

U

se c

orr

ect

sear

ch p

roce

dure

s to

confirm

that

bat

ch

dem

ogra

phic

dat

a on s

ample

s re

ceiv

ed a

re c

orr

ect

with e

xist

ing d

ata o

n t

he

labora

tory

rec

ord

sys

tem

1.4

Fo

llow

the

corr

ect

pro

toco

ls for

regis

tering n

ew

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a onto

the

Labora

tory

Info

rmation

Man

agem

ent

Sys

tem

(LI

MS)

1.5

Sel

ect

the

corr

ect

labora

tory

data

file

s, a

nd

accu

rate

ly input

bat

ch d

etails

with t

he

reques

ted

test

s fo

r ea

ch s

ample

1.6

Acc

ess

and input

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a fo

r al

l of

the

follo

win

g:

–

bat

ch n

um

ber

–

org

anis

atio

n n

um

ber

–

labora

tory

num

ber

–

labora

tory

tes

t bei

ng d

one

–

det

ails

for

trac

king a

ny

third p

art

y te

stin

g

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

132

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

Est

ablis

h d

ata

requirem

ents

for

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

sam

ple

des

crip

tion

–

dat

e of

sam

ple

–

bat

ch s

ourc

e

–

LIM

S n

um

ber

–

det

ails

of th

e bat

ches

/sam

ple

s se

nt

and r

ecei

ved

–

clie

nt

sendin

g b

atc

hes

/sam

ple

s

–

clie

nt’s

loca

tion

–

des

tinat

ion(s

) fo

r re

sults

2

Acc

ess,

reg

iste

r an

d input

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a in

a

LIM

S u

nder

super

visi

on

(continued

)

2.1

Com

ple

te t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing d

epar

tmen

t bat

ch/s

ample

iden

tifica

tion a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

writing c

odes

on t

he

bat

ch/s

ample

–

addin

g b

arco

des

to t

he

bat

ch/s

ample

–

chec

king b

atch

/sam

ple

codes

agai

nst

LIM

S

dat

abase

–

scan

nin

g b

arco

des

and c

hec

king L

IMS d

atabas

e

2.2

Res

olv

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

aris

e w

hen

the

required

bat

ch/s

ample

info

rmat

ion a

nd d

ata

cannot

be

found

or

matc

hed

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

133

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

Res

olv

e tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing d

ata

pro

ble

ms

asso

ciate

d w

ith b

atch

es/s

ample

s:

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

poor/

uncl

ear

label

ling

–

dam

aged

/mis

sing label

ling

2.4

Pe

rform

thes

e ta

sks

in a

tim

ely

man

ner

, co

mpat

ible

w

ith t

he

labora

tory

sch

edule

s.

2.5

Req

ues

t hel

p f

rom

appro

priat

e peo

ple

when

you a

re

unab

le t

o r

esolv

e pro

ble

ms

with m

ism

atch

ed a

nd

inco

mple

te b

atch

/sam

ple

det

ails

2.6

Com

munic

ate

labora

tory

info

rmat

ion t

o a

uth

orise

d

peo

ple

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s

2.7

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

134

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3

Know

how

to a

cces

s,

regis

ter

and input

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a in

a

LIM

S u

nder

super

visi

on

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in t

he

loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

atin

g m

anual

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

dat

a s

ecurity

req

uirem

ents

for

diffe

rent

com

pute

r applic

atio

ns,

and t

he

acc

essi

ng

and s

tora

ge

of dat

a

3.6

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s an

d s

tore

dat

a, in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pra

ctic

es

3.7

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in a

ccura

te

bat

ch a

nd d

epar

tmen

t re

cord

s fo

r sa

mple

s

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

polic

ies

and p

roce

dure

s fo

r th

e ac

cura

te r

egis

trat

ion o

f new

batc

hes

/sam

ple

s on

the

Labora

tory

Info

rmat

ion M

anag

emen

t Sys

tem

(L

IMS)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

135

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

spec

ific

safe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing w

ith c

om

pute

r sy

stem

s (t

o incl

ude

such

thin

gs

as

safe

ty g

uid

ance

rel

atin

g t

o t

he

use

of

visu

al d

ispla

y unit (

VD

U)

equip

men

t an

d

work

stat

ion e

nvi

ronm

ent

(such

as

lighting,

seat

ing,

posi

tionin

g o

f eq

uip

men

t),

repet

itiv

e st

rain

inju

ry

(RSI)

; th

e dan

ger

s of

trai

ling lea

ds

and c

able

s; h

ow

to

spot

faulty

or

dan

ger

ous

elec

tric

al lea

ds,

plu

gs

and c

onnec

tions)

3.1

0

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in g

ood

house

keep

ing a

rran

gem

ents

(su

ch a

s putt

ing d

isks

, m

anual

s and u

nw

ante

d ite

ms

of eq

uip

men

t in

to

safe

sto

rage;

lea

ving t

he

work

are

a in a

saf

e an

d

tidy

conditio

n)

4

Know

how

to a

cces

s,

regis

ter

and input

bat

ch/s

ample

dat

a in

a

LIM

S u

nder

super

visi

on

(continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

n a

nd lab

ora

tory

num

ber

s

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve.

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

basi

c se

t-up a

nd o

per

atio

n o

f th

e la

bora

tory

rec

ord

s sy

stem

, an

d t

he

per

ipher

al

dev

ices

that

are

use

d (

such

as

mouse

, ke

yboar

d,

VD

U,

pri

nte

r and b

arco

de

reader

)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

136

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling liq

uid

com

pounds/

sam

ple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

inve

stig

atio

ns

(such

as

han

d w

ritt

en o

r bar

coded

la

bel

s)

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

corr

ect

star

tup a

nd s

hutd

ow

n

pro

cedure

s to

be

use

d for

the

com

pute

r sy

stem

4.7

Exp

lain

how

to a

cces

s th

e sp

ecific

com

pute

r La

bora

tory

Info

rmat

ion M

anagem

ent

Sys

tem

(L

IMS)

data

bas

e to

be

use

d,

and t

he

use

of

soft

war

e m

anual

s and r

elat

ed d

ocu

men

ts t

o a

id

effici

ent

oper

atio

n o

f th

e re

leva

nt

labora

tory

re

cord

s sy

stem

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to d

eal w

ith s

yste

m p

roble

ms

(such

as

erro

r m

essa

ges

rec

eive

d,

per

ipher

als

whic

h d

o n

ot

resp

ond a

s ex

pec

ted,

obvi

ous

faults

with t

he

equip

men

t or

connec

ting lea

ds)

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to c

om

munic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

and h

ow

to

iden

tify

key

info

rmat

ion w

hen

rec

ord

ing a

nd

forw

ardin

g m

essa

ges

acc

ura

tely

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e te

st c

odes

, co

ded

com

men

ts,

reques

tor

and loca

tion c

odes

, and b

atch

/sam

ple

co

mm

ent

codes

req

uired

to a

ccura

tely

input

and

reques

t batc

h/s

ample

and lab

ora

tory

data

, ap

pro

priat

e to

thei

r are

a of w

ork

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

137

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


138


139

Unit 15: Assisting with the preparation of solutions for laboratory use


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with preparation of solutions for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operation procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work requirements. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the equipment used.


The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the preparation of solutions in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after solution preparation activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


140






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

141

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

olu

tions

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t during t

he

pre

par

ation o

f so

lutions:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

Confirm

that

equip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

are

fit f

or

purp

ose

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

142

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Confirm

that

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing e

quip

men

t an

d

inst

rum

ents

are

fit f

or

purp

ose

:

–

wei

ghin

g/b

alan

ce e

quip

men

t

–

pip

ette

s

–

mag

net

ic s

tirr

er

–

mea

suri

ng c

ylin

der

s

–

volu

met

ric

flask

s

–

pH

met

er

–

mix

ers

–

hotp

late

1.6

Corr

ectly

mea

sure

the

mass

and v

olu

me

of

mat

eria

ls,

as s

et d

ow

n in lab

ora

tory

inst

ruct

ions

1.7

M

easu

re m

ass

and v

olu

me,

with a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing

equip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

ele

ctro

nic

wei

ghin

g e

quip

men

t

–

volu

met

ric

equip

men

t

–

labora

tory

bal

ance

and w

eights

–

conta

inm

ent

equip

men

t

1.8

M

ix m

ater

ials

, in

the

corr

ect

ord

er a

nd a

t th

e te

mper

ature

set

dow

n in lab

ora

tory

inst

ruct

ions

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

143

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion

of

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

Corr

ectly

mea

sure

and m

ix b

oth

of

the

follo

win

g

mat

eria

ls:

–

solid

s

–

liquid

s

2.2

Tra

nsf

er t

he

solu

tion t

o t

he

required

conta

iner

, and

mak

e up t

o t

he

volu

me

spec

ifie

d in lab

ora

tory

in

stru

ctio

ns

2.3

M

easu

re t

he

pH

of

mad

e-up s

olu

tions

acc

ura

tely

, an

d lab

el t

he

conta

iner

s co

rrec

tly

2.4

Acc

ura

tely

lab

el s

tora

ge

conta

iner

s of m

ade-

up

solu

tion w

ith a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing info

rmat

ion:

–

bat

ch n

um

ber

s

–

expiry

dat

es

–

volu

mes

–

safe

ty info

rmat

ion

–

conce

ntr

atio

n

2.5

Sto

re m

ade-

up s

olu

tions

in t

he

corr

ect

stora

ge

loca

tions

2.6

D

ispose

of

was

te,

as

spec

ifie

d in lab

ora

tory

in

stru

ctio

ns

2.7

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion t

o

auth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal

and o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s.

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

144

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e pre

par

ation w

ork

done,

and

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f so

lutions

for

labora

tory

use

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce.

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in t

he

loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

atin

g m

anual

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

solu

tions

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

145

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve.

3.8

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to m

ainta

in a

ccura

te

labora

tory

rec

ord

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

mea

nin

g o

f th

e va

rious

nota

tions

use

d

in t

he

labora

tory

for

wei

ghts

and v

olu

mes

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

and r

ange

of m

ate

rials

that

hav

e to

be

mea

sure

d in t

he

labora

tory

3.1

1

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

that

mat

eria

ls a

re

accu

rate

ly m

easu

red

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e pote

ntial

err

ors

or

mis

take

s th

at c

an

be

made

in m

easu

ring m

ater

ials

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f so

lutions

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to u

se w

eighin

g/b

alan

ce a

nd

mea

suring e

quip

men

t co

rrec

tly

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

range

of vo

lum

es a

nd m

ass

es o

f m

ater

ials

that

are

req

uired

for

labora

tory

use

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of so

lution t

hat

hav

e to

be

pre

par

ed in t

he

labora

tory

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

equip

men

t th

at is

nee

ded

for

pre

par

ing s

olu

tions,

and h

ow

to u

se it

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

146

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.5

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

to a

dd m

ate

rials

to

get

her

in t

he

corr

ect

sequen

ce t

o p

roduce

la

bora

tory

solu

tions

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

range

of te

mper

atu

res

at w

hic

h

spec

ific

solu

tions

must

be

pre

pare

d

4.7

Exp

lain

why

it is

import

ant

that

solid

mat

eria

ls a

re

com

ple

tely

dis

solv

ed in a

solu

tion

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to m

ake

up s

olu

tions

from

dry

pow

der

s

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to u

se g

raduat

ed v

olu

met

ric

conta

iner

s

4.1

0

Exp

lain

how

to lab

el s

olu

tions

corr

ectly

4.1

1

Exp

lain

wher

e an

d h

ow

to s

tore

solu

tions

corr

ectly

4.1

2

Exp

lain

how

to d

ispose

of w

ast

e sa

fely

, in

ac

cord

ance

with s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


147

Unit 16: Measuring, weighing and preparing compounds and solutions for laboratory use

Unit reference number: H/601/8195

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 16


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to measure, weigh and prepare compounds and solutions for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operating procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP). The learner will also be required to present records and details of their laboratory work to the appropriate people.

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work. This may involve putting processed paperwork in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials and equipment used.

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the measuring, weighing and preparations undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work with a minimum of supervision, either on their own or as part of a team, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to measuring, weighing and preparing compounds and solutions in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after the measuring, weighing and preparation activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to


148







N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

149

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Mea

sure

, w

eigh a

nd

pre

par

e co

mpounds

and

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g m

ater

ials

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

U

se lab

ora

tory

sca

les

for

accu

rate

ly w

eighin

g o

ut

mat

eria

ls,

usi

ng m

etric/

imper

ial m

easu

res

1.5

Car

ry o

ut

wei

ghin

g a

ctiv

itie

s usi

ng b

ala

nce

s (s

cale

s),

usi

ng t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing a

ccura

cies

:

–

gra

ms

–

mill

igra

ms

–

mic

rogra

ms

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

150

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

M

easu

re o

ut

aliq

uots

of

solu

tions,

usi

ng f

our

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

auto

mat

ed p

ipet

tes

–

gra

duat

ed/b

ulb

pip

ette

s

–

syringes

–

gra

duat

ed c

ylin

der

s/bea

kers

/tubes

–

bure

ttes

–

volu

met

ric

flask

s

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.7

Acc

ura

tely

mea

sure

pH

and c

onduct

ivity

of

solu

tions

in t

he

labora

tory

, usi

ng c

orr

ectly

calib

rate

d m

eter

s

1.8

M

easu

re o

ut

aliq

uots

of liq

uid

s in

to t

ubes

and

mic

rotr

ays

for

labora

tory

use

and a

nal

ysis

2

Mea

sure

, w

eigh a

nd

pre

par

e co

mpounds

and

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

M

easu

re liq

uid

s an

d s

olid

s fo

r la

bora

tory

use

and

anal

ysis

2.2

M

easu

re p

H a

nd/o

r co

nduct

ivity,

usi

ng t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

han

dhel

d p

H m

eter

–

ben

ch t

op p

H m

eter

–

com

bin

ed p

H/c

onduct

ivity

met

er

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

151

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

co

nduct

ivity

met

er

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.3

Cal

ibra

te o

r ch

eck

the

calib

ration for

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

pH

met

er

–

bal

ance

–

conduct

ivity

met

er

–

pip

ette

s

–

oth

er(p

lease

spec

ify)

2.4

Cal

cula

te t

he

conce

ntr

atio

ns

of

solu

tions,

the

amounts

and v

olu

mes

req

uired

, usi

ng four

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

mole

s per

litre

–

gra

ms

per

litre

–

par

ts p

er m

illio

n

–

mas

s per

cent

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.5

M

ake

up k

now

n v

olu

mes

of

solu

tions

to a

spec

ifie

d

conce

ntr

atio

n,

usi

ng b

oth

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

by

mea

suri

ng a

nd d

isso

lvin

g t

he

corr

ect

am

ount

of

solu

te in t

he

corr

ect

volu

me

of dilu

ent/

solv

ent

–

by

dilu

tion fro

m a

conce

ntr

ate

d s

tock

solu

tion

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

152

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

W

eigh a

nd p

repare

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g t

ypes

of

com

pound o

r so

lution:

–

pow

der

s/gra

nula

tions

that

do n

ot

read

ily lose

or

gai

n w

eight

(mois

ture

or

solv

ent)

–

solid

s th

at r

eadily

lose

or

gai

n w

eight

(mois

ture

or

solv

ent)

–

liquid

sam

ple

s (b

y diffe

rence

)

–

liquid

sam

ple

s (d

irec

t)

2.7

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion a

bout

the

work

done,

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

w

ith d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rganis

ational

pro

cedure

s.

2.8

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

work

done,

and c

om

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

(e.

g.

labora

tory

note

book)

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

153

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3

Know

how

to m

easu

re,

wei

gh a

nd p

repar

e co

mpounds

and s

olu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

nal

or

labora

tory

num

ber

s

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.8

Exp

lain

how

to c

alcu

late

mass

/mole

cal

cula

tions

in

met

ric

and/o

r im

per

ial m

easu

res

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

154

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.9

Exp

lain

how

to s

elec

t th

e appro

priat

e bal

ance

and

scal

e fo

r le

ss t

han

100m

g,

100m

g t

o 5

g,

and 5

g

and a

bove

3.1

0

Exp

lain

how

to c

hec

k th

at a

pip

ette

is

clea

n,

dry

, fr

ee o

f ch

ips

and r

eady

for

use

4

Know

how

to m

easu

re,

wei

gh a

nd p

repar

e co

mpounds

and s

olu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

(c

ontinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to c

hec

k th

e ca

libra

tion o

n a

pip

ette

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to c

alib

rate

and c

hec

k th

e ca

libra

tion

on a

pH

met

er

4.3

Exp

lain

how

to c

alib

rate

and c

hec

k th

e ca

libra

tion

on a

bal

ance

4.4

Exp

lain

how

to c

alib

rate

and c

hec

k th

e ca

libra

tion

on a

conduct

ivity

met

er

4.5

Exp

lain

how

to m

easu

re a

nd w

eigh s

olid

s an

d

liquid

s fo

r la

bora

tory

use

4.6

Exp

lain

how

to c

onve

rt b

etw

een d

iffe

rent

units

of

conce

ntr

atio

n (

such

as

mole

s/lit

re,

gra

ms/

litre

, per

cent

mas

s per

volu

me

and p

arts

per

mill

ion)

4.7

Exp

lain

how

to c

alcu

late

dilu

tion fact

ors

and d

ilution

volu

mes

to m

ake

solu

tions

from

conce

ntr

ated

sto

ck

solu

tions

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

155

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

pH

sca

le a

s a

logarith

mic

sca

le for

the

mea

sure

men

t of th

e ac

idity

of aqueo

us

solu

tions,

an

d t

he

import

ance

of pH

to b

iolo

gic

al sy

stem

s an

d

pro

cess

es

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to c

hoose

the

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring

equip

men

t fo

r th

e sc

ale,

acc

ura

cy a

nd p

reci

sion

required

for

the

task

4.1

0

Exp

lain

how

to c

lean

and m

ain

tain

the

pip

ette

s,

bal

ance

s, p

H m

eter

pro

bes

and c

onduct

ivity

met

er

pro

bes

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


156


157



QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the processing of diagnostic cytology specimens/samples for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operating procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

On completion of the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to return their immediate work area to an acceptable condition before undertaking further work. This may involve putting cytology specimens/samples in the correct location, returning and/or storing any materials and equipment in the correct area, identifying any waste and arranging for its disposal, and reporting any defects or damage to the materials or equipment used.

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory processing undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to processing diagnostic cytology specimens/samples manually in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after specimen/sample processing activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their


158

work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

159

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of dia

gnost

ic c

ytolo

gy

spec

imen

s in

the

labora

tory

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

160

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g p

roce

ssin

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

tran

sport

liq

uid

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s ar

ound t

he

labora

tory

, an

d s

tore

them

appro

priat

ely

–

sele

ct a

suitab

le w

ork

are

a for

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

pro

cess

ing

–

sele

ct a

nd s

et u

p t

he

nec

essa

ry e

quip

men

t co

rrec

tly

–

use

the

nec

essa

ry m

ater

ials

for

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

pro

cess

ing

–

sort

and s

tain

the

slid

e pre

par

atio

ns

–

follo

w a

nd a

pply

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

and

pro

cedure

s

–

dis

pose

of

was

te s

afe

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly

–

pro

duce

slid

e pre

par

ations

to t

he

required

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy

–

pla

ce t

he

slid

e pre

para

tions

in t

he

appro

priat

e lo

cation f

or

mic

rosc

opic

anal

ysis

–

store

slid

e pre

par

ations

in t

he

corr

ect

loca

tion

follo

win

g a

nal

ysis

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

161

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing for

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

pre

par

ation:

–

clin

ical

spec

imen

s

–

reag

ents

–

mic

rosc

ope

slid

es

–

filter

s fo

r ce

ll co

nce

ntr

atio

n

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.6

Ass

ist

with t

he

pre

para

tion o

f th

ree

of

the

follo

win

g

spec

imen

/sam

ple

typ

es:

–

urine

–

sem

en

–

fine

nee

dle

asp

irat

es

–

ple

ura

l/as

citic

fluid

s

–

sputu

m

–

synovi

al flu

id

–

bro

nch

ial asp

irate

/lava

ge

–

endosc

opic

bru

sh s

am

ple

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

162

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

Tak

e ap

pro

pri

ate

action for

unsu

itab

le

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s in

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

situ

atio

ns:

–

insu

ffic

ient

volu

me

–

inco

rrec

t co

nta

iner

–

inco

rrec

t la

bel

ling

–

inco

rrec

t sa

mple

–

inco

rrec

t st

ora

ge

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

pro

cess

ing

of dia

gnost

ic c

ytolo

gy

spec

imen

s in

the

labora

tory

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

Pr

epare

sam

ple

s an

d s

lides

in a

suitab

le w

ork

are

a,

with t

he

appro

priat

e eq

uip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

2.2

Sto

re t

he

pre

par

ed s

lides

in t

he

corr

ect

loca

tion for

scre

enin

g

2.3

Ret

urn

the

equip

men

t an

d w

ork

are

a t

o t

he

corr

ect

conditio

n follo

win

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

pre

par

atio

n

2.4

Arc

hiv

e sl

ides

follo

win

g a

nal

ysis

and s

tore

sam

ple

re

mai

ns

appro

priat

ely

2.5

Ret

riev

e ar

chiv

ed s

am

ple

s an

d s

lides

, an

d r

eturn

to

stora

ge

when

req

uired

2.6

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion o

n

labora

tory

work

done,

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

, in

ac

cord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s ac

cord

ance

with s

tandar

d o

per

ating

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

163

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e pre

par

ation w

ork

done,

and

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f dia

gnost

ic c

ytolo

gy

spec

imen

s in

the

labora

tory

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stan

dar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s, a

s se

t dow

n in loca

l la

bora

tory

oper

ating m

anuals

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

164

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

labora

tory

spec

imen

/sam

ple

rec

eption

syst

em

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

m,

and t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s under

goin

g inve

stig

ation in t

he

labora

tory

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

nal

or

labora

tory

num

ber

s

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e m

inim

um

siz

e/vo

lum

e of

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

quired

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

conduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of sp

ecim

en/s

ample

and

spec

imen

/sam

ple

conta

iner

use

d in t

he

labora

tory

, an

d t

hose

that

are

nee

ded

for

each

inve

stig

atio

n

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

pro

cess

ing o

f dia

gnost

ic c

ytolo

gy

spec

imen

s in

the

labora

tory

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

Exp

lain

how

to a

sses

s if a

spec

imen

/sam

ple

is

suitab

le f

or

anal

ysis

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

dea

ling w

ith r

outine

and u

rgen

t sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

165

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s do n

ot

mat

ch u

p w

ith t

he

inve

stig

ation r

eques

t fo

rms

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a

bro

ken o

r le

akin

g s

pec

imen

/sam

ple

is

iden

tified

in

the

labora

tory

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

to b

e fo

llow

ed w

hen

a h

igh

risk

spec

imen

/sam

ple

is

rece

ived

by

the

labora

tory

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

num

ber

ing a

nd

label

ling s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s re

ceiv

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

, an

d t

he

sam

ple

s ta

ken d

uring

pro

cess

ing/i

nve

stig

atio

ns

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

spec

imen

/sam

ple

during s

tora

ge

or

tran

sit

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

risk

s an

d h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s, a

nd h

ow

th

ese

can b

e m

inim

ised

4.9

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

pac

kagin

g a

nd

des

patc

hin

g o

f sp

ecim

ens/

sam

ple

s

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

, and t

he

tran

sport

ation t

o b

e use

d,

when

des

pat

chin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

for

the

stora

ge

and d

isposa

l of

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

166

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

for

the

long

term

sto

rage

of

sam

ple

s/sl

ides

tak

en d

uri

ng

pro

cess

ing/

inve

stig

ations

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


167


Unit reference number: A/601/2029

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 6


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with the routine maintenance, disinfecting, cleaning and calibration of equipment used for laboratory investigations. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operating procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).


The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory maintenance, disinfecting and cleaning undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the maintenance, disinfecting and cleaning of equipment in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after the maintenance, disinfecting and cleaning


168

activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

169

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

ist

with t

he

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce,

clea

nin

g,

dis

infe

ctin

g a

nd c

alib

ration

of la

bora

tory

equip

men

t

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

170

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

adher

e to

pro

cedure

s or

syst

ems

in p

lace

for

risk

as

sess

men

t, C

OSH

H,

per

sonal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d o

ther

rel

evan

t sa

fety

reg

ula

tions

–

ensu

re t

he

safe

iso

lation o

f la

bora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (s

uch

as

elec

tric

al an

d flu

ids

supply

)

–

follo

w m

anufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns,

dra

win

gs

and

pro

cedure

s fo

r ro

utine

mai

nte

nan

ce

–

chec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t use

d a

re in a

sa

fe a

nd u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

kep

t fr

ee fro

m f

ore

ign o

bje

cts,

dir

t or

oth

er

conta

min

ation

–

carr

y out

dis

infe

ctio

n o

f la

bora

tory

equip

men

t, in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

ating p

roce

dure

s

–

carr

y out

auditory

and v

isual

chec

ks o

n t

he

oper

atio

n o

f la

bora

tory

equip

men

t

–

confirm

that

the

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

ca

libra

ted c

orr

ectly

and is

ready

for

use

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

, eq

uip

men

t an

d w

aste

to t

he

corr

ect

loca

tions

on c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e m

ainte

nan

ce a

ctiv

itie

s

–

ensu

re t

hat

accu

rate

, co

mple

te a

nd leg

ible

re

cord

s ar

e ke

pt

of

the

mai

nte

nan

ce a

ctiv

itie

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

171

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

Confirm

that

the

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

in a

saf

e an

d u

sable

conditio

n,

acco

rdin

g t

o e

stab

lished

pro

cedure

s

1.7

Id

entify

and r

eport

any

labora

tory

equip

men

t fa

ults

accu

rate

ly t

o t

he

team

lea

der

1.8

Car

ry o

ut

mai

nte

nan

ce,

dis

infe

ctio

n a

nd c

lean

ing o

n

five

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of eq

uip

men

t:

–

wei

ghin

g a

nd m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t

–

wat

er p

urifica

tion s

yste

m

–

pH

met

er

–

tem

per

ature

-contr

olle

d a

ppar

atus

–

centr

ifuges

–

labora

tory

anal

yser

/tes

ting e

quip

men

t

–

slid

e st

ainin

g m

ach

ine

–

tiss

ue

pro

cess

or

–

culture

med

ia p

repar

ator

–

safe

ty c

abin

et/f

um

e cu

pboar

d

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2

Ass

ist

with t

he

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce,

clea

nin

g,

dis

infe

ctin

g a

nd c

alib

ration

of la

bora

tory

equip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

2.1

Per

form

routine

mai

nte

nan

ce in a

ccord

ance

with

man

ufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns

and r

elev

ant

hea

lth a

nd

safe

ty leg

isla

tion

2.2

Adher

e to

the

set-

dow

n h

ygie

ne

regula

tions

during

the

clea

nin

g a

nd d

isin

fect

ing o

f la

bora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

172

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

Confirm

the

corr

ect

oper

atio

n a

nd c

alib

ration o

f th

e la

bora

tory

equip

men

t, in a

ccord

ance

with

esta

blis

hed

pro

cedure

s

2.4

Rec

ord

det

ails

of

main

tenan

ce a

nd c

alib

ration,

acco

rdin

g t

o d

epart

men

tal pro

cedure

s

2.5

Tes

t th

e eq

uip

men

t to

confirm

that

it

funct

ions

corr

ectly,

and r

ecord

the

equip

men

t st

atus

2.6

Com

munic

ate

the

work

done,

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

2.7

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e pre

par

ation w

ork

done,

and

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

routine

mai

nte

nance

, cl

eanin

g,

dis

infe

ctin

g a

nd

calib

ration o

f la

bora

tory

eq

uip

men

t

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

173

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

man

ufa

cture

rs’ sp

ecific

ations

and

reco

mm

endat

ions

for

the

mai

nte

nan

ce a

nd

calib

ration o

f th

e la

bora

tory

equip

men

t

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

visu

ally

chec

king,

and c

lean

ing,

of la

bora

tory

equip

men

t

4

Know

how

to a

ssis

t w

ith

the

routine

mai

nte

nance

, cl

eanin

g,

dis

infe

ctin

g a

nd

calib

ration o

f la

bora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (c

ontinued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

diffe

rent

types

, co

nditio

n a

nd

quan

tities

of

consu

mab

les

required

for

the

range

of

labora

tory

equip

men

t m

ainta

ined

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

for

mai

nta

inin

g p

erso

nal

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty d

uri

ng t

he

main

tenan

ce o

f eq

uip

men

t

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

for

mai

nta

inin

g p

erso

nal

hyg

iene

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

174

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

nal

and d

epart

men

tal

infe

ctio

n c

ontr

ol polic

y, a

s applie

d t

o m

ainte

nan

ce

activi

ties

in t

he

labora

tory

4.5

Exp

lain

how

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

labora

tory

equip

men

t is

work

ing c

orr

ectly

and in a

ccord

ance

with t

he

man

ufa

cture

r’s

spec

ific

atio

ns

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

com

mon t

ypes

of

equip

men

t fa

ult,

and

how

thes

e m

ust

be

dea

lt w

ith

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

dep

art

men

t or

per

son t

o w

hom

eq

uip

men

t fa

ults

should

be

report

ed

4.8

D

escr

ibe

the

met

hods

use

d f

or

keep

ing r

ecord

s of

the

mai

nte

nan

ce,

clea

nin

g,

dis

infe

ctio

n a

nd

calib

ration o

f la

bora

tory

equip

men

t, a

nd w

hy

this

is

import

ant

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


175

Unit 19: Preparing culture media and solutions for laboratory use


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 3


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assist with preparing culture media and solutions for laboratory use. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, and in accordance with approved procedures and practices, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations, within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, and ensuring that any materials, equipment or other resources required are available and are in a safe and usable condition. They will be required to work to the relevant standard operating procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).


The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the laboratory preparations undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will work under a high level of supervision, whilst taking responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the preparation of culture media and solutions in a laboratory environment. The learner will understand the importance of doing this work efficiently and effectively, and will know what to consider when preparing and tidying up the work area before and after the preparation activities. The learner will also know how to deal with problems, and how to achieve their work objectives and targets, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities safely and correctly.


176






N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

177

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Prep

are

culture

med

ia a

nd

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

W

ear

the

appro

priat

e per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

when

han

dlin

g s

pec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

s ap

pro

priat

e fo

r th

e m

edia

/solu

tion b

eing h

andle

d:

–

labora

tory

coat

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

safe

ty g

lass

es

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

1.4

M

ainta

in s

tock

s of

med

ia,

dry

pow

der

and o

ther

re

agen

ts f

or

the

pre

par

atio

n o

f cu

lture

med

ia a

nd

solu

tions

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

178

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

Car

ry o

ut

all of

the

follo

win

g o

per

atio

ns

in t

he

pre

par

ation o

f cu

lture

med

ia/s

olu

tions:

–

store

dry

pow

der

med

ia a

nd o

ther

rea

gen

ts

corr

ectly

–

corr

ectly

reco

nst

itute

dry

pow

der

med

ia

–

fort

ify

med

ia w

ith a

ppro

priate

rea

gen

ts,

acco

rdin

g t

o form

ula

e

–

mai

nta

in,

set

up a

nd s

hut

dow

n m

edia

pre

par

ations

acc

ord

ing t

o S

OPs

and

man

ufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns

–

carr

y out

ster

ility

chec

ks o

n p

repar

ed c

ulture

m

edia

/solu

tions

–

carr

y out

qualit

y co

ntr

ol ch

ecks

on p

repare

d

culture

med

ia/s

olu

tions

1.6

M

ake

up c

ulture

med

ia/s

olu

tions

for

use

, ac

cord

ing

to form

ula

e

2

Prep

are

culture

med

ia a

nd

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

2.1

U

se e

quip

men

t acc

ord

ing t

o s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g

pro

cedure

s (S

OPs

) an

d m

anufa

cture

rs’ in

stru

ctio

ns

2.2

Ensu

re t

hat

pre

par

ed c

ulture

med

ia/s

olu

tions

are

st

erile

and fit for

purp

ose

2.3

Tak

e appro

priat

e act

ion w

hen

dea

ling w

ith m

edia

co

mponen

ts in a

ll of

the

follo

win

g s

ituat

ions:

–

sensi

tive

to lig

ht

–

hea

t la

bile

–

hea

t st

able

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

179

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion a

bout

pre

par

ed c

ulture

med

ia/s

olu

tions

to a

uth

orise

d

peo

ple

, in

acc

ord

ance

with d

epar

tmen

tal an

d

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s

2.5

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e pre

par

ation w

ork

done,

and

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to p

repar

e cu

lture

med

ia a

nd

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

180

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

spec

imen

s/sa

mple

s

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

limits

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

and t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

min

imum

bat

ch s

ize/

volu

me

of cu

lture

m

edia

/solu

tions

required

for

the

inve

stig

atio

ns

bei

ng c

onduct

ed b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4

Know

how

to p

repar

e cu

lture

med

ia a

nd

solu

tions

for

labora

tory

use

(co

ntinued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

loca

tion for

each

typ

e of cu

lture

m

edia

/solu

tion t

hat

can

be

use

d b

y th

e la

bora

tory

4.2

D

escr

ibe

the

stora

ge

conditio

ns

for

the

various

reag

ents

and c

om

ponen

ts o

f cu

lture

m

edia

/solu

tions

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

stock

contr

ol an

d r

ota

tion o

f cu

lture

m

edia

/solu

tions

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

corr

ect

ster

ilisi

ng r

equirem

ents

of

the

diffe

rent

types

of

culture

med

ia/s

olu

tions

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

isks

invo

lved

with

med

ia p

repar

atio

ns

and p

ress

urise

d v

esse

ls

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

fact

ors

whic

h m

ight

adve

rsel

y affec

t th

e in

tegrity

of

the

culture

med

ia/s

olu

tion d

uring

stora

ge

or

tran

sit

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

181

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

risk

s an

d h

azar

ds

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

pre

par

ation o

f th

e cu

lture

med

ia/s

olu

tions,

and h

ow

th

ese

can b

e m

inim

ised

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


182


183

Unit 20: Following aseptic procedures in the laboratory environment


QCF level: 2

Credit value: 9


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to identify and follow aseptic or clean room protocols in the laboratory, in accordance with approved procedures and practices. Prior to undertaking the laboratory activity, the learner will be required to carry out all the necessary preparations within the scope of their responsibility. The learner will be required to work to the relevant standard operating procedures, legislation and organisational policy, and to follow Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and/or Good Clinical Practice (GCP)/Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP).

The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with any policies of their organisation in respect of preparing for work and working in aseptic or clean rooms and clean work areas. The learner will be required to report any problems with clean room procedures that they cannot personally resolve, or that are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work to verbal/written instructions and standard operating procedures, with a high level of supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. On completion of laboratory activities, the learner will be expected to discard personal protective equipment in the correct location, and in accordance with established policies and procedures.

The learner’s underpinning knowledge will be sufficient to provide a sound basis for their work, and will enable them to adopt an informed approach to preparing for and working in aseptic or clean rooms. The learner will have an understanding of the attribute and behaviours required for clean room working, in adequate depth to provide a sound background for carrying out the laboratory activities to the required specification.





184



N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

185

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Follo

w a

septic

pro

cedure

s in

the

labora

tory

en

viro

nm

ent

1.1

Ensu

re t

hat

thei

r w

ork

is

carr

ied o

ut

in a

ccord

ance

w

ith s

tandar

d o

per

atin

g p

roce

dure

s

1.2

D

ress

in t

he

appro

pri

ate

per

sonal

pro

tect

ion

equip

men

t (P

PE)

required

for

the

clea

n r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a e

nvi

ronm

ent,

in a

ccord

ance

with

the

corr

ect

pro

cedure

1.3

U

se t

hre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of per

sonal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t fo

r cl

ean r

oom

work

ing:

–

body

suit

–

face

mask

–

glo

ves

–

resp

irat

or

–

air

supply

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

186

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

Pr

ior

to e

nte

ring c

lean r

oom

, ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of

job inst

ruct

ions

and

spec

ific

atio

ns

–

follo

w r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

pro

cedure

s an

d C

OSH

H

regula

tions

–

ensu

re t

hat

they

are

appro

priat

ely

dre

ssed

and

unco

nta

min

ated

bef

ore

ente

ring t

he

are

a

–

carr

y out

thei

r act

ivitie

s in

lin

e w

ith

org

anis

atio

nal

pro

cedure

s

–

store

acc

ura

te r

ecord

s of th

eir

act

ivitie

s, in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith a

ppro

priate

pro

cedure

s

1.5

Car

ry o

ut

visu

al qual

ity

chec

ks o

n t

hei

r per

sonal

pro

tect

ion e

quip

men

t prior

to e

nte

ring t

he

work

ing

envi

ronm

ent

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

187

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

Sat

isfy

all

the

follo

win

g c

om

pan

y cl

ean r

oom

/cle

an

work

are

a r

equirem

ents

:

–

use

appro

priat

e cl

oth

ing/p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t (P

PE)

(such

as

suits,

gow

ns,

coat

s,

hoods,

hat

s, c

aps,

hel

met

s, o

ther

hea

dw

ear,

boots

, ove

rshoes

, oth

er form

s of

footw

ear,

sa

fety

goggle

s, v

isors

, glo

ves)

–

com

ply

with h

azar

d p

rote

ctio

n (

such

as

bre

athin

g a

ppar

atus,

glo

ves,

apro

n/s

mock

, oth

er

form

s of

PPE o

r cl

oth

ing r

equired

)

–

dea

l appro

priat

ely

with d

amaged

or

dirty

cl

oth

ing/P

PE (

such

as

report

ing d

amag

e,

repla

cem

ent,

saf

e re

mova

l and c

leanin

g o

r dis

posa

l, s

ubje

cted

to a

cid/h

aza

rdous

subst

ance

sp

ills,

dam

aged

/dirty

lab

ellin

g)

–

store

spec

ifie

d c

loth

ing/P

PE c

orr

ectly

when

not

in u

se

–

ensu

re t

he

pro

per

cl

eanin

g/l

aunder

ing/m

ainte

nan

ce o

f cl

oth

ing/P

PE

–

dis

pose

of

single

-use

clo

thin

g a

nd e

quip

men

t in

th

e co

rrec

t lo

cation

–

report

any

haz

ards

or

bre

ach

es o

f pro

toco

l

1.7

Fo

llow

the

corr

ect

pro

cedure

s fo

r en

tering a

nd

exitin

g t

he

clea

n r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

188

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Follo

w a

septic

pro

cedure

s in

the

labora

tory

en

viro

nm

ent

(continued

)

2.1

U

se p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t in

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing c

lean

room

envi

ronm

ents

:

–

hea

lth/d

isea

se s

cree

nin

g

–

bio

chem

ical

pro

cess

ing

–

bio

tech

nolo

gy

pro

cess

ing

–

dru

g d

evel

opm

ent

–

agro

-bio

tech

res

earc

h

–

oth

er (

ple

ase

spec

ify)

2.2

Fo

llow

ase

ptic

tech

niq

ues

in t

he

labora

tory

2.3

Id

entify

and follo

w p

roto

col m

ethods

and

pro

cedure

s th

at

satisf

y all

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

the

safe

ty o

f peo

ple

–

conta

inm

ent/

inte

grity

of th

e sp

ecim

en/p

roduct

–

conta

inm

ent/

inte

grity

of th

e cl

ean r

oom

/work

ar

ea

–

appro

priat

e in

dust

ry s

tandar

ds

and p

roto

cols

2.4

Rem

ove

per

sonal pro

tect

ion e

quip

men

t on

com

ple

tion o

f cl

ean r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a ac

tivi

ties

, an

d d

ispose

/sto

re in lin

e w

ith t

he

corr

ect

pro

cedure

2.5

Com

munic

ate

the

required

info

rmat

ion a

bout

the

work

done,

to a

uth

orise

d p

eople

, in

acc

ord

ance

w

ith d

epar

tmen

tal an

d o

rganis

ational

pro

cedure

s

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

189

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

Rec

ord

det

ails

of th

e w

ork

act

ivity,

and

com

munic

ate

the

det

ails

to t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

, usi

ng:

–

verb

al re

port

Plus

one

met

hod f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

writt

en o

r ty

ped

rep

ort

–

spec

ific

com

pan

y docu

men

tation

–

com

pute

r-bas

ed r

ecord

–

elec

tronic

mai

l

3

Know

how

to follo

w

asep

tic

pro

cedure

s in

the

labora

tory

envi

ronm

ent

3.1

D

escr

ibe

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

area

in w

hic

h t

hey

are

carr

ying o

ut

the

labora

tory

ac

tivi

ties

3.2

D

escr

ibe

the

implic

atio

ns

of not

taki

ng a

ccount

of

legis

lation,

regula

tions,

sta

ndar

ds

and g

uid

elin

es

when

conduct

ing lab

ora

tory

act

ivitie

s

3.3

D

escr

ibe

the

princi

ple

s of G

ood L

abora

tory

Pra

ctic

e (G

LP)

and/o

r G

ood C

linic

al Pr

actice

(G

CP)

/Good

Man

ufa

cturing P

ract

ice

(GM

P) a

pplie

d in t

he

work

pla

ce

3.4

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of w

earing p

rote

ctiv

e cl

oth

ing,

glo

ves

and e

ye p

rote

ctio

n w

hen

handlin

g

mat

eria

ls (

such

as

bio

chem

ical su

bst

ance

s,

bio

logic

al p

athogen

s an

d/o

r an

tigen

s),

and t

he

equip

men

t use

d t

o c

onta

in a

nd p

roce

ss t

hem

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

190

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

3.5

D

escr

ibe

the

man

ufa

cture

d m

ate

rial

s an

d b

atch

pro

cess

tra

ckin

g a

nd r

ecord

s sy

stem

3.6

D

escr

ibe

the

types

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

ort

ing s

yste

m,

and t

he

pro

cedure

s use

d f

or

mate

rial

s under

goin

g

pro

cess

ing in t

he

labora

tory

fac

ilities

3.7

D

escr

ibe

the

import

ance

of

corr

ect

iden

tifica

tion,

and a

ny

uniq

ue

org

anis

atio

nal

or

labora

tory

num

ber

s

3.8

D

escr

ibe

the

org

anis

atio

nal

req

uirem

ents

for

mai

nta

inin

g t

he

secu

rity

of th

e w

ork

pla

ce

3.9

D

escr

ibe

the

lines

of

com

munic

atio

n a

nd

resp

onsi

bili

ties

in t

hei

r dep

art

men

t, a

nd t

hei

r lin

ks

with t

he

rest

of

the

org

anis

ation

3.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e lim

its

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ori

ty a

nd t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

3.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

safe

ty p

reca

utions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing in a

cle

an r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a en

viro

nm

ent

3.1

2

Des

crib

e th

e co

rrec

t fitt

ing a

nd u

se o

f cl

oth

ing a

nd

per

sonal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t th

at m

ust

be

worn

in

a cl

ean r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a (

such

as

for

body,

han

ds,

eye

s, e

ars,

fee

t, m

outh

and fac

e)

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

191

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4

Know

how

to follo

w

asep

tic

pro

cedure

s in

the

labora

tory

envi

ronm

ent

(continued

)

4.1

D

escr

ibe

the

haz

ards

asso

ciat

ed w

ith w

ork

ing in a

cl

ean r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a,

with lab

ora

tory

eq

uip

men

t (s

uch

as

hea

t, r

adia

tion,

chem

ical

s,

stat

ic e

lect

rici

ty,

hig

h v

oltag

es,

trap

pin

g p

oin

ts o

n

equip

men

t)

4.2

Exp

lain

how

to p

ut

on c

lean

room

clo

thin

g a

nd

footw

ear

corr

ectly

4.3

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s fo

r en

tering a

nd e

xiting

the

clea

n r

oom

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a, a

nd t

he

auth

ority

nee

ded

to d

o s

o

4.4

D

escr

ibe

the

clas

sifica

tion o

f th

e re

leva

nt

clea

n

room

or

clea

n w

ork

are

a, a

nd h

ow

this

im

pac

ts

upon y

ou

4.5

D

escr

ibe

the

indust

ry s

tandar

ds/

clas

sifica

tions

for

clea

n r

oom

s an

d c

lean

work

are

as

4.6

D

escr

ibe

the

com

pan

y re

quirem

ents

for

cloth

ing

and p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t, a

nd t

he

reas

ons

why

such

clo

thin

g a

nd e

quip

men

t m

ust

be

use

d

4.7

D

escr

ibe

the

pro

cedure

s an

d m

ethods

for

mai

nta

inin

g iss

ued

clo

thin

g a

nd p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t

4.8

Exp

lain

how

to a

pply

pro

cedure

s fo

r dea

ling w

ith

dam

aged

or

dirty

clo

thin

g a

nd p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t

4.9

Exp

lain

how

to s

tore

clo

thin

g a

nd p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t co

rrec

tly

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

192

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

4.1

0

Des

crib

e th

e la

under

ing/c

lean

ing/m

ainte

nan

ce

pro

cedure

s re

lating t

o t

he

issu

ed c

loth

ing a

nd

per

sonal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t

4.1

1

Des

crib

e th

e as

eptic

tech

niq

ues

that

are

applie

d

and u

sed in t

he

labora

tory

4.1

2

Exp

lain

how

to d

ispose

corr

ectly

of

single

-use

per

sonal

pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t

4.1

3

Des

crib

e th

e polic

y and p

roce

dure

s re

lating t

o

per

sonal

ite

ms

(such

as

body

lotions,

mak

eup,

jew

elle

ry,

conta

ct len

ses,

footw

ear,

ow

n c

loth

ing)

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


193

Further information

Our customer service numbers are:

BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026

GCSE 0844 576 0027

GCE 0844 576 0025

The Diploma 0844 576 0028

DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031

Calls may be recorded for training purposes.

Useful publications

Related information and publications include:

Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based Qualifications published annually

functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and question papers

Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework (published by Ofqual, August 2008)

the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue.

Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website.

NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.

How to obtain National Occupational Standards

To obtain the National Occupational Standards for Laboratory Science please go to:

SEMTA www.semta.org.uk


194

Professional development and training

Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.

The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:

planning for the delivery of a new programme

planning for assessment and grading

developing effective assignments

building your team and teamwork skills

developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches

building functional skills into your programme

building effective and efficient quality assurance systems.

The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.

The training we provide:

is active

is designed to be supportive and thought provoking

builds on best practice

may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing professional development.

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

195

Annex

e A

: Pro

gres

sion

pat

hw

ays

The

Edex

cel qual

ific

atio

n f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e Sc

ience

sec

tor

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

8

7

6

5

4

BTEC H

igher

Nat

ional

s in

Applie

d S

cien

ces

N

VQ

Labora

tory

and

Ass

oci

ated

Tec

hnic

al

Act

ivitie

s

3

GCE S

cien

ces:

Chem

istr

y; P

hys

ics;

Bio

logy;

Psy

cholo

gy

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te,

Subsi

dia

ry

Dip

lom

a, D

iplo

ma

and

Ext

ended

Dip

lom

a in

Applie

d S

cien

ce

(incl

udin

g F

ore

nsi

c Sci

ence

and M

edic

al

Sci

ence

path

way

s)

N

VQ

Labora

tory

and

Ass

oci

ated

Tec

hnic

al

Act

ivitie

s

NVQ

Labora

tory

Sci

ence

2

GCSE S

cien

ce;

Additio

nal

Sci

ence

; Ast

ronom

y; C

hem

istr

y;

Phys

ics;

Bio

logy;

Ps

ycholo

gy

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te,

Ext

ended

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Applie

d

Sci

ence

N

VQ

Labora

tory

and

Ass

oci

ated

Tec

hnic

al

Act

ivitie

s

NVQ

Labora

tory

Sci

ence

N027133 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Lev

el 2

NVQ

Dip

lom

a in

Lab

ora

tory

Sci

ence

–

July

2011 ©

Pea

rson E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

196

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

1

En

try

Foundat

ion L

earn

ing

Tie

r (A

pplie

d S

cien

ce)


197

Annexe B: Quality assurance

Key principles of quality assurance

A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.

The centre agrees, as part of gaining recognition, to abide by specific terms and conditions relating to the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment. The centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.

Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.

An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes and dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.

Quality assurance processes

The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance processes where practicable. The specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality-assurance processes it uses do not inflict undue bureaucratic processes on centres, and works to support them in providing robust quality-assurance processes.

The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain each qualification. Edexcel operates a quality-assurance process, designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers.

For the purposes of quality assurance, all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.


198

The Edexcel quality-assurance processes will involve:

gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications

annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer

annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector

the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.

Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.


199

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration

Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to:

direct centres to take action

limit or suspend certification

suspend registration.

The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification?

Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity.

Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement should be made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements.

Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.


200


201

Annexe D: Assessment requirements/strategy

Introduction

Semta, the Sector Skills Council for the Science Engineering Manufacturing Technologies

Sector, has produced this QCF Unit Assessment Strategy to:

assist Assessors, Internal Verifiers and External Verifiers

encourage and promote consistent assessment of NVQ units

promote cost effective assessment plans

This document also provides definitions for:

the qualifications and experience required for Assessors and Verifiers

the assessment environment and notes on simulation/replication.

access to units

and requirements relating to:

carrying out assessments

performance evidence

assessing knowledge and understanding

The importance and value in which employers and learners place on undertaking NVQ units will provide a key measure of [Semta’s] success with this unit assessment strategy. Another key success factor will be [Semta’s] partnership with the relevant Awarding Organisations.

Assessor Requirements to Demonstrate Effective Assessment Practice

Assessment must be carried out by competent Assessors that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. Current and operational Assessors that hold units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 as appropriate to the assessment being carried out, will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 3 Award as they are still appropriate for the assessment requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. However, they will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace assessment to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS)

Assessor Technical Requirements

Assessors must be able to demonstrate that they have verifiable, relevant and sufficient technical competence to evaluate and judge performance and knowledge evidence requirements as set out in the relevant QCF unit learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria.


202

This will be demonstrated either by holding a relevant technical qualification or by proven industrial experience of the technical areas to be assessed. The assessor’s competence must, at the very least, be at the same level as that required of the learner(s) in the units being assessed.

Assessors must also be:

Fully conversant with the Awarding Organisation’s assessment recording documentation used for the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, other relevant documentation and system and procedures to support the QA process.

Verifier Requirements (internal and external)

Internal quality assurance (Internal Verification) must be carried out by competent Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational Internal Verifiers that hold internal verification units V1 or D34 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment.

External quality assurance (External Verification) must be carried out by competent External Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the External Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational External Verifiers that hold external verification units V2 or D35 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment.

External and Internal Verifiers will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace Quality Assurance (verification) of Assessment Processes and Practices to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS).

Verifiers, both Internal and External, will also be expected to be fully conversant with the terminology used in the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, the appropriate Regulatory Body’s systems and procedures and the relevant Awarding Organisation’s documentation, systems and procedures within which the assessment and verification is taking place.


203

Specific technical requirements for internal and external verifiers

Internal and external verifiers of this qualification must be able to demonstrate that have verifiable, sufficient and relevant industrial experience, and must have a working knowledge of the processes, techniques and procedures that are used in the relevant sector/occupation.

The tables on the following page show the recommended levels of technical competence for assessors, internal verifiers, and external verifiers.

Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers

Position Prime activity requirements

Support activity requirements

Technical requirements (see notes)

Assessor Assessment Skills

IV Systems Technical competence in the areas covered by the QCF units being assessed

Internal Verifier Verification Skills Assessment Knowledge

Technical understanding of the areas covered by the qualifications

External Verifier Verification skills Assessment Understanding

Technical awareness of the areas covered by the qualifications

Notes

1 Technical competence is defined here as a combination of practical skills, knowledge, and the ability to apply both of these, in familiar and new situations, within a real working environment.

2 Technical understanding is defined here as having a good understanding of the technical activities being assessed, together with knowledge of relevant Health & Safety implications and requirements of the assessments.

3 Technical awareness is defined here as a general overview of the subject area, sufficient to ensure that assessment and portfolio evidence are reliable, and that relevant Health and Safety requirements have been complied with.

4 The competence required by the assessor, internal verifier and external verifier, in the occupational area being assessed, is likely to exist at three levels as indicated by the shaded zones in the following table.


204

Technical Competence

Required by:

An ability to discuss the general principles of the competences being assessed

An ability to describe the practical aspects of the competence being assessed

An ability to demonstrate the practical competences being assessed

Assessor

Internal Verifier

External Verifier

Assessment Environment

The evidence put forward for this unit can only be regarded valid, reliable, sufficient and authentic if achieved and obtained in the working environment and be clearly attributable to the learner. However, in certain circumstances, simulation/replication of work activities may be acceptable.

The use of high quality, realistic simulations, which impose pressures which are consistent with workplace expectations, should only be used in relation to the assessment of the following:-

o rare or dangerous occurrences, such as those associated with health, safety and the environment issues, emergency scenarios and rare operations at work;

o the response to faults and problems for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence;

o aspects of working relationships and communications for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learner’s competence.

Simulations will require prior approval from the specific Awarding Organisation and should be designed in relation to the following parameters: -

o the environment in which simulations take place must be designed to match the characteristics of the working environment;

o simulations which are designed to assess competence in dealing with emergencies, accidents and incidents must be verified as complying with relevant health, safety and environmental legislation by a competent health and safety/environmental control officer before being used;

o simulated activities should place learners under the same pressures of time, access to resources and access to information as would be expected if the activity was real;

o simulated activities should require learners to demonstrate their competence using real plant and equipment;


205

o simulated activities which require interaction with colleagues and contacts should require the learner to use the communication media that would be expected at the workplace;

o for health and safety reason simulations need not involve the use of genuine substances/materials. Any simulations which require the learner to handle or otherwise deal with materials substances/should ensure that the substitute take the same form as in the workplace

Simulations/replications should be designed in relation to a realistic work environment, having an acceptable level of appropriate equipment and operating to Good Laboratory Practice (GLP)/Good Control Laboratory Practice (GCLP) and/or Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)/Current Good Manufacturing Practice (CGMP) standards. It may involve the use of inert substitutes for dangerous compounds or microbiological materials.

Access to Assessment

There are no entry qualifications or age limits required by learners to undertake the NVQ units unless this is a legal requirement of the process or the environment. Assessment is open to any learner who has the potential to achieve the assessment criteria set out in the units.

Aids or appliances, which are designed to alleviate disability, may be used during assessment, providing they do not compromise the standard required.

Carrying Out Assessment

The NVQ units were specifically developed to cover a wide range of activities. The evidence produced for the units will, therefore, depend on the learners choice of “bulleted items” listed in the unit assessment criteria.

Where the assessment criteria gives a choice of bulleted items (for example ‘any three from five’), assessors should note that learners do not need to provide evidence of the other items to complete the unit (in this example, two) items, particularly where these additional items may relate to other activities or methods that are not part of the learners normal workplace activity or area of expertise.

Minimum Performance Evidence Requirements

Performance evidence must be the main form of evidence gathered. In order to demonstrate consistent, competent performance for a unit, performance evidence must be provided, and must be sufficient to show that the performance requirements of the unit have been carried out to the prescribed standards. It is possible that some of the scope items may be covered more than once. The assessor and learner need to devise an assessment plan to ensure that performance evidence is sufficient to cover all the specified scope items and which maximises the opportunities to gather evidence. Where applicable, performance evidence maybe used for more than one unit.

The most effective way of assessing competence, especially for the performance statements in relation to scope items, is through direct


206

observation of the learner. Assessors must make sure that the evidence provided reflects the learner’s competence and not just the achievement of a training programme.

Evidence that has been produced from team activities, for example, cleaning equipment, is only valid when it clearly relates to the learners specific and individual contribution to the activity, and not to the general outcome(s).

Each example of performance evidence will often contain features that apply to more than one unit, and can be used as evidence in any unit where appropriate.

Performance evidence must be a combination of:

outputs of the learner’s work, such as items that have been processed or worked on, and documents produced as part of a work activity

together with:

evidence of the way the learner carried out the activities such as witness testimonies, assessor observations or authenticated learner reports, records or photographs of the work/activity carried out, etc.

Competent performance is more than just carrying out a series of individual set tasks. Many of the units contain statements that require the learner to provide evidence that proves they are capable of combining the various features and techniques. Where this is the case, separate fragments of evidence would not provide this combination of features and techniques and will not, therefore, be acceptable as demonstrating competent performance.

If there is any doubt as to what constitutes valid, authentic and reliable evidence, the internal and/or external verifier should be consulted.

Assessing knowledge and understanding

Knowledge and understanding are key components of competent performance, but it is unlikely that performance evidence alone will provide enough evidence in this area. Where the learner’s knowledge and understanding (and the handling of contingency situations) is not apparent from performance evidence, it must be assessed by other means and be supported by suitable evidence.

Knowledge and understanding can be demonstrated in a number of different ways. Semta expects oral questioning and practical demonstrations to be used, as these are considered the most appropriate for these units. Assessors should ask enough questions to make sure that the learner has an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding, as required by the unit.

Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale

Evidence of knowledge and understanding will not be required for those bulleted items in the assessment criteria that have not been selected by the learner.

The achievement of the specific knowledge and understanding requirements of the units cannot simply be inferred by the results of tests or assignments


207

from other units, qualifications or training programmes. Where evidence is submitted from these sources, the assessor must, as with any assessment, make sure the evidence is valid, reliable, authentic, directly attributable to the learner, and meets the full knowledge and understanding requirements of the unit.

Where oral questioning is used the assessor must retain a record of the questions asked, together with the learner’s answers.

Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale.

Witness testimony

Where observation is used to obtain performance evidence, this must be carried out against the unit assessment criteria. Best practice would require that such observation is carried out by a qualified Assessor. If this is not practicable, then alternative sources of evidence may be used.

For example, the observation may be carried out against the assessment criteria by someone else that is in close contact with the learner. This could be a team leader, supervisor, mentor or line manager who may be regarded as a suitable witness to the learner’s competency. However, the witness must be technically competent in the process or skills that they are providing testimony for, to at least the same level of expertise as that required of the learner. It will be the responsibility of the assessor to make sure that any witness testimonies accepted as evidence of the learner’s competency are reliable, auditable and technically valid.

Quality Control of Assessment

General

There are two major points where an Awarding Organisation interacts with the Centre in relation to the External Quality Control of Assessment and these are:

Approval - when a Centre take on new qualifications/units, the Awarding Organisation, normally through an External Verifier (EV) ensures that the Centre is suitably equipped and prepared to deliver the new units/qualification

Monitoring - throughout the ongoing delivery of the qualification/units the Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must maintain the quality and consistency of assessment of the units/qualification

Approval

In granting Approval, the Awarding Organisation, normally through its External Verifiers (EV) must ensure that the prospective Centre:

Meets the requirements of the Qualification Regulator

Has sufficient and appropriate physical and staff resources

Meets relevant health and safety and/or equality and access requirements


208

Has a robust plan for the delivery of the qualification/units

The Awarding Organisation may visit the Centre to view evidence or may undertake this via other means.

The Awarding Organisation must have a clear rationale for the method(s) deployed

Monitoring

The Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must ensure:

that a strategy is developed and deployed for the ongoing Awarding Organisation monitoring of the Centre. This strategy must be based on an active risk assessment of the Centre. In particular the strategy must identify the learner’s, assessors and Internal Verifier sampling strategy to be deployed and the rationale behind this

that the Centre’s internal quality assurance processes are effective in learner’s assessment

that sanctions are applied to a Centre where necessary and that corrective actions are taken by the Centre and monitored by the Awarding Organisation/EV

that reviews of Awarding Organisation’s external auditing arrangements are undertaken

Awarding Organisations are required to provide to SEMTA, on request, details of the strategies, rationales and reviews detailed above.

Notes:

a) It is recognised that some Awarding Bodies provide supplementary guidance and documentation to centres to support the quality of assessment and verification practice of N/SVQs.


209

Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title

Please go to www.ofqual.gov.uk to access the document ‘Operating rules for using the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title’.

5162db190711S:\LT\PD\NVQ COMPETENCE\N027133 DIPL2 IN LABORATORY SCIENCE (QCF).DOC.1-216/1

http://archive.ofqual.gov.uk/files/2008-08-28-operating-rules-for-using-nvq-in-qcf-qualification-title.pdf�

http://archive.ofqual.gov.uk/files/2008-08-28-operating-rules-for-using-nvq-in-qcf-qualification-title.pdf�

Publications Code N027133 June 2011 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121

http://www.edexcel.com/�

Documents

Pearson Edexcel Level 2 NVQ Diploma in Laboratory Science · PDF fileAssessing knowledge and understanding 207 Witness testimony 208 Quality Control of Assessment 208 ... Pearson Edexcel